crest engineering practice design & fabrication unfired pressure vessels

17
I:-ECREST DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS 8-1-1 T ENGINEERING PRACTICE Rev.l I July 1982 Page 1 of 12 Section 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 5.1 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.8 5.11 5.13 5.17 5.29 5.3 5.3 5. CONTENTS Title Page SCOPE.. •••••• ............ ••.•. ••••. •.•.• 1 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUiREMENTS..... ••• 1 NOTES ..•.•...••..••...••••••.• 2 GENERAL................................ 2 DESiGN.................................. 2 Design Pressure . • • . • . • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2 Desipn Temperature ...................... 2 Corrosion Allowance. • • .. • • • • • .. .. • • .. .. 2 Minimum Material Thickness .... .......... 2 Basic Allowable Stresses. • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 Design Loads. . .. . . . . . . . . • . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 Heads .................................... 4 Supports .................. •••. •••. ••.•... 4 Nozzles and Connections ..••••.•••.•••••• 5 Manholes & Inspection Openings.. . . . . . . 5 Flanges and Gaskets. . .. . . . .. . . . . .. .. . .. .. 5 Internal Attachments.. . .. .. . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 6 External Attachments ......... •..•..•.•••• 6 Section 6. 6.1 6.3 7. 8. 8.5 8.1 8.2 8.26 8.28 9. 9.3 9.4 9.7 10. 11. 12. SCOPE Title Page MATERIALS. • . • • . • . . • • • . • . • . • • • • • • . . . . . . . 6 Pressure Parts • . . . • . • . • • • . . . . . . • • . . . . . • . • . 6 Sturctural Attachments & Supports ........ 7 SHOP DRAWINGS.. . .. .. . .... . • . .. .. ..... 7 FABRiCATION........................... 8 Forming and Assembly.. • .. .. .. .. • . . • • .. . 8 Welding .................................. 8 Heat Treatment. . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • . • . 9 Cleaning .••• ...... •••••••••••.. ••••••••.• 9 Protective Coating. .. . .. .. • • . . . .. .. .. .. .. 9 INSPECTION & TESTING.. .... .. .. .. .. 9 Inspection Method & Acceptance Criteria . . 9 Weld Quality ControL..................... 10 Pressure Testing.......................... 10 NAMEPLATE............................. 10 DOCUMENTATION ..•••.•.• .... ......... 11 SHIP PREPARATION..................... 11 Figure 1 - Fabrication Tolerances.......... 12 1.1 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers. basic requirements for the design. tabrication. inspection. and testing of unfired pressure vessels having a wall thickness of 50 mm (2 in.) or less. and a design temperature of 16°C (60°F) or greater. Vessels outside this limitation must conform to the additional requirements of EP 8-1-2. Additional Requirements. Unfired Pressure Vessels. 1.2 Vessel Specifications and Specification Drawings shall take precedence over this Engineering Practice. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 The Following shall be used with this Engineering Practice: a) ASME Codes: Section VIII. Pressure Vessels, Division I Section IX. Welding Qualifications Section V. Nondestructive Examination b) ANSI Standards: I AS8.1 - 1972. "Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Buildings and Other Structures" c) Steel Structure Painting Council: SSPC - Surface Preparation d) In addition to the requirements of this Engineering Practice, all requirements of the governing authority. I.e .• the country and/or its subdivisions. where the vessel is to be installed shall be met. e) Crest Engineering Practices: The following are applicable only if specified In the Vessel SpeCification: EP 8-1-2 Additional Requirements, Unfired Pressure Vessels EP 8-2-1 Trays. Unfired Pressure Vessels

Upload: alzuhd

Post on 10-Apr-2015

567 views

Category:

Documents


8 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

I-ECREST DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

8-1-1 T

ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Revl I July 1982

Page 1 of 12

Section 1 2 3 4 5 51 53 54 55 56 58 511 513 517 529 53 53 5

CONTENTS

Title Page SCOPE bullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 1 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUiREMENTS bullbullbull 1 NOTES bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull ~ 2 GENERAL 2 DESiGN 2 Design Pressure bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull 2 Desipn Temperature 2 Corrosion Allowance bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull 2 Minimum Material Thickness 2 Basic Allowable Stresses bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull 3 Design Loads bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull 3 Heads 4 Supports bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull 4 Nozzles and Connections bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 5 Manholes amp Inspection Openings bull bull 5 Flanges and Gaskets 5 Internal Attachments bull 6 External Attachments bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6

Section 6 61 63 7 8 85 81 82 826 828 9 93 94 97 10 11 12

SCOPE

Title Page MATERIALS bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull 6 Pressure Parts bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull 6 Sturctural Attachments amp Supports 7 SHOP DRAWINGS bull 7 FABRiCATION 8 Forming and Assembly bull bull bull bull bull 8 Welding 8 Heat Treatment bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull 9 Cleaning bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 9 Protective Coating bull bull bull 9 INSPECTION amp TESTING bull bull bull 9 Inspection Method amp Acceptance Criteria 9 Weld Quality ControL 10 Pressure Testing 10 NAMEPLATE 10 DOCUMENTATION bullbullbullbullbullbull 11 SHIP PREPARATION 11 Figure 1 - Fabrication Tolerances 12

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers basic requirements for the design tabrication inspection and testing of unfired pressure vessels having a wall thickness of 50 mm (2 in) or less and a design temperature of 16degC (60degF) or greater Vessels outside this limitation must conform to the additional requirements of EP 8-1-2 Additional Requirements Unfired Pressure Vessels

12 Vessel Specifications and Specification Drawings shall take precedence over this Engineering Practice

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The Following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) ASME Codes

Section VIII Pressure Vessels Division I

Section IX Welding Qualifications

Section V Nondestructive Examination

b) ANSI Standards

I AS81 - 1972 Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Buildings and Other Structures

c) Steel Structure Painting Council

SSPC - Surface Preparation

d) In addition to the requirements of this Engineering Practice all requirements of the governing authority Ie bull the country andor its subdivisions where the vessel is to be installed shall be met

e) Crest Engineering Practices

The following are applicable only if specified In the Vessel SpeCification

EP 8-1-2 Additional Requirements Unfired Pressure Vessels EP 8-2-1 Trays Unfired Pressure Vessels

8 1-1 T DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS C-ECREST

Rev 1 I July 1982 ENGINEERING PRACTICE Page 2

NOTES

31 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revisedlncludes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right margin will be the only indication

32 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary unit equivalents

GENERAL

41 Fabricator Shall advise Isuer of any errors in or discrepancies between the Vessel Specification and Specification Drawings

42 Authorized representative of ssuer shall be accorded the same privileges extended to the Code Inspector as outlined in ASME Code Section VIII Division I paragraphs UG-90 and UG-92

43 Requests for any substitution or change from the Vessel Specification must be accompanied with sufficient information to allow evaluation by Issuer

44 Substitutions or changes from the Vessel Specification must be approved in writing by the ISluer

DESIGN

DESIGN PRESSURE

51

52

The minimum differential between the design preslure (Maximum Allowable Working Pressure) and the maximum anticipated operating pressure shail be 175 kPa (25 psi) or 10 of the design pressure whichever is greater for vessels subject to Internal pressure and protected by conventional relief valves

However when high pressure alarm andor high pressure shutdown devicas are part of the operational design the minimum differential shall be raised to 175 kPa (25 psi) or 20 of the design pressure whichever is greater

Vessels subject to external pressure shall be designed to withstand atmospheric pressure (full vacuum) Only those vessels which will actually be subjected to vacuum conditions during normal operation (including startup or shutdown) shall be designed for external pressure

DESIGN TEMPERATURE

53 The design temperature shall not be less than the maximum anticipated operating temperature Where pressure part materials are selected for notch toughness or temperatures below 15degC (60F) ire encountered a minimum design temperature shall also be used equal to the lowest of any operating shutdown start-up blowdown or upset conditions encountered

CORROSION ALLOWANCE

54 A corrosion allowance shall be added to the surface of all carbon steel pressure parts (shell heads nozzles) and 10 each exposed surface of carbon steel nonremovable internals (tray or bed support rings internal piping etc) The corrosion allowance for carbon steal vessels is to be 15 mm (116 In) minimum or as per the Vessel Specification

MINIMUM MATERIAL THICKNESS

55 The minimum 1hlcknes for carbon steel pressure vessel components where the specified corrosion allowance In 0 through 15 mm (116 in) shall be as listed below Ifthe specified corrosion allowance (CA) exceeds 15 mm add CA less 15 mm to the minimum specified below

MINIMUM COMPONENT DIAMETER THICKNESS

mm (in) mm (in)

Shell and Head 1220 (48) and less 6 (14) gt 1220 (4S) through 2400 (95) S (516)

gt 2400 (95) 10 (3S)

Skirt any size 6 (14)

Internal Pipe amp Attachments any size i 6 (114)

Nozzles NPS 3 and smaller Schedule SO NPS 4 1hrough 10 Schedule 40

(NPS) - Nominal Pipe Size NPS 12 and larger 95 (38)

Minimum thickness is 10 mm (38 in) for horizontal vessels and vertical vessels exceeding 7600 mm (25 ft) overall height

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 3

DESIGN (Contd)

BASIC ALLOWABLE STRESSES

56 The basic allowable stresses for preuure parts shall be as established by the applicable code

57 The basic allowable stresses (Sa) in tension for nonpressure parts shall be the lowest of the following values using either the materials specified minimum or guaranteed strength properties

a) 13 of the tensile strength at room or design temperature whichever is lower

b) 213 of the yield strength at room or design tempe(ature whichever is lower

c) The average stress to cause 1 creep in 100000 hours

Exceptions are

d) Welds attaching nonpressure parts to the pressure shell and supports for Important internal equipment such as cyclones grids etc shall be designed to the allowable stresses for pressure parts

e) Anchor bolting shall be designed for an allowable stress of 103 MPa (15000 psi) For erection conditions of loading the allowable stress may be increased to 124 MPa (18000 psi)

f) Stresses as established by the applicable Code shall apply to the vessel supporting skirt

DESIGN LOADS

58 Loadings to be considered in designing a vessel shall be pertheASME Code Section VIII Wind and earthquake loads shall be per ANSI 85S1 middot1972

59 Design of tall slender columns with a length-to-diameter ratiO exceeding 81 shall Include consideration of vibration and critical wind velocity

510 Vessels and their structural supports shall be designed for the load combinations given below and within the stress specified therein Wind earthquake and other occasional effects shall not be assumed to occur simultaneously

DESIGN CONDITION

a) Normal Operation bull Includes design pressure operating vessel dead load operating contents of vessel superimposed external loads and any other applicable operating effects (such as unbalanced pressure vibration thermally induced piping or internal strain loadings and impact loads) all combined with wind or earthquake load

b) Teatmiddot Includes test pressure test dead load of vessel and attached equipment and weight of test contents in the vessel and in attached equipment

c) Short nme OperaUon bull Includes operating condition plus the effects of any shorttlme overload or upset condition that requires immediate remedial measures or starting-up and shutting-down operations that may result In increased temperature pressure weight effects differential temperatures etc Short-time conditions shall be considered individually and wind or earthquake effects shall not be included

d) Empty Equipment -I ncludes the empty dead load of the vessel and attached eq uipment combined with wind or earthquake load

DESIGN STRESS LlMIT(1)

Sa Based on the corroded thickness and the design metal temperature

Pressure Parts - Sa

Nonpressure Parts - 133 S

Based on the test thickness and the test temperature

For vertical vessels tested in place the design stress is limited to 90 of the yield strength of the material

133 S Based on the corroded thickness and the applicable metal temperature

For pressure parts the short-time operating pressure is limited to 110 ofthe vessel design pressure

For nonpressure parts the design stress is limited to 90 of the specified minimum yield strength

12 S Based on the corroded thickness and ambient temperature

I

8-1-1 T I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS lIE CREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 4

HEADS

DESIGN (Contd)

el Lifting Lugs if required shali be designed for 200 of the expected load

Note

(1) Calculated primary membrane stresses for the design conditions given shall not exceed the design stress limits listed S equals the basic allowable stress (see paragraphs 56 and 57)

511 Vessel heads shall be semi-ellipsoidal (ratio 21) of one-piece construction and concave to pressure or vacuum unless otherwise specified in the Vessel Specification

512 Use of other type heads must be approved by the laauer before heads are ordered

SUPPORTS

513 All vessels shall be designed to be self-supporting without the use of gu~s or braces

514 Supports shall be continuously welded to the shell of the vessel

515 Vertical vessel supports shall conform to the following

a) Vertical vessels shall be supported on cylindrical steel skirts unless legs or lugs are specified in the Vessel Specification

b) A minimum clearance of 450 mm (18 in) between the bottom head and the base of the skirt shall be maintained to provide maintenance and inspection access

I c) The outSide diameter (00) of the skirt shall be the same as the 00 of the vessel at point of attachment

d) Skirts shall contain a minimum number and size of access openings and vents per the table below Vents shall be located near the skirt top spaced at 90deg or 1800 points

VESSEL ACCESS OPENINGS VENTS DIAMETER SiZE NUMBER SIZE NUMBER

mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)

lt 900 (36) 200 (8) 1 50 (2) 2 900 (36) to 1800 (72) 450 (18) 1 100 (4) 2

gt 1800 (72) 450 (18) 2 100 (4) 4

e) Skirt openings shall be large enough to pass the flange of piping connected to the bottom head nozzle

f) All skirt openings greater than 100 mm (4 in) shali be adequately reinforced

g) Base rings shall be detailed and submitted to Issuer for approval if not specified in the Vessel Specification

h) Anchor bolts shall be used in multiple numbers of 4

A minimum of 4 anchor bolts 20 mm (34 in) minimum diameter shall be used for vertical vessels

A minimum number of 8 anchor bolts 25 mm (1 in) minimum diameter shall be used for vertical vessels taller than 7600 mm (25 tt) overall height

Anchor bolts shall be placed to straddle the 0 0 centerline of the vessel

516 Horizontal vessel supports shall conform to the following

a) Horizontal vessels shall be supported on welded steel saddles furnished by Fabricator

b) Horizontal cylindrical vessels shall have no more than two saddle supports

c) Saddle bolt holes shall be slotted at one end of the vessel to provide for thermal expansion when operating temperature is greater than 65degC (150middotF) or vessel seam~to-seam length is greater than 9000 mm (SO tt)

d) Saddle details shall be submitted to Issuer for approval if not specified in the Vessel Specification bull

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

I 517 Vessel opening~ may be flanged threaded or welded types with the following limitations

a) Minimum size of connection shall be NPS 34

b) Connections NPS 2 and larger shall be flanged

c) Connections for ANSI Class 900 service and higher shall be flanged

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 1 July 1982

Page 5

d) Vessel openings NPS 1-12 and smaller may be threaded except for relief valve connections which shall be flanged

e) Threaded connections shall be Class 6000 forged steel couplings attached with a full penetration weld

Coupling length shall permit an outside projection of the normal thread engagement plus 6 mm (14 in) plus the attachment fillet weld size

Couplings shall extend through insulation

f) Vessel openings NPS 1-142-123-125 and 7 shall not be used

518 No threaded openings shall be tapped directly into the shell or head plates except for telltale holes in reinforcing pads Studded type connections shall not be used

519 Nozzle projection shall be as specified in the Vessel Specification

520 Internal proJections of nozzles shall be limited as follows

a) Nozzles for use as drains shall be flush with the vessel interior surface

b) If an internal projection may interfere with vessel internals nozzle shall be flush with vessel interior surface

c) Internal proJections of nozzles shall not exceed 20 mm (34 in) - measured at the nozzle 00 - for NPS 12 and smaller Projections of nozzles larger than NPS 12 shall not exceed 40 mm (1-12 in)

521 Nozzle necks made of welding ells mitered ells or bends shall not be used unless specified in the Vessel Specification

522 Nozzles and connections shall not be located in longitudinal weld seams When unavoidable in circumferential seams that portion of the weld coverod by a reinforcing pad shall be ground flush and radiographically examined prior to installation of the pad

523 When bottom head connections are terminated outside the skirt the piping components shall be at least one schedule heavier than that required for the vessel design conditions This connection shall not be restrained

MANHOLES AND INSPECTION OPENINGS

524 Manholes or inspection openings shall be provided on all vessels unless specifically deleted by the Vessel Specification

525 The type minimum size and minimum number of openings shall be

t VESSEL INSIDE DIAMETER

lt 800 mm (32) 800 mm (32 in) and larger

REQUIRED OPENINGS

Two NPS 4 Handholes One 400 mm (16-in) inside

diameter manhole

526 Towers containing trays shall have at least a top and a bottom manhole Packed towers shall have an openingwith a minimum diameter of 300 mm (12 in) directly above each grid to permit removal of packing

527 Manholes shall be provided complete with blind flange bolting gaskets and when required davits or hinges

528 Davits or hinges shall be provided for all opening cover plates weighing in excess of 35 kg (75 lb)

529 Oval type manholes or inspection openings are not permitted

FLANGES AND GASKETS

530 No slip-on or Class 400 flanges shall be used

8-1-1 T

Rav 1 I July 1982

Page 6

I DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

531 Orientation of flange bolt holes shall be as follows

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) When the nozzle axis lies in a plane perpendicular to the vessel axis bolt holes shall straddle a centerline parallel to the vessel axis

b) When the nozzle axis is parallel to or coincident with the vassel axis the bolt holes shall straddle center lines parallal to the 0 vessel centerline on vertical vessels and the vertical centerlines on horizontal vessels

c) Bolt hole orientation not specified above will be shown on the IlIuers specification drawing

532 Gaskets shall be per ANSI B165 Octagonal ring gaskets shall be used with ring joint flanges Two spar sts of gaskets for all openings requiring cover plates shall be furnished by Fabricator

INTERNAL A TT ACHEMENTS

533 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all internal attachments Removable internals shall be furnished when specified and deSigned to pass through the vessel manhole

534 Removable internals shall be retained and supported by alloy steel bolts having suitable corrosion resistance

535 Major internal piping shall be flanged for ease of removal Light plate flanges may be used with machined flat face

536 Single-weld 90 miter ells shall not be used unless specified

537 All internal attachments shall be welded to the shell or head by continuous fillet welds Tray support rings shall have a continuous strength weld on the bottom and a seal weld on the top of the ring

EXTERNAL ATTACHMENTS

538 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all external attachments

539 All structural members attached by welding to the outside of the vessel shall be continuously welded tothe vessel Insulation supports on vessels operating above 100C (212F) may be skip welded Vessels operating below 100C shall have all attachments continuously welded

540 Continuous external stiffeners shall be provided when required on vacuum or large diameter vessels

541 Fabricators standard lifting lugs shall be furnished for all vessels

MATERIALS

PRESSURE PARTS

61 Materials for pressure parts for vessels having a shell thickness of 50 mm (2 in) and under including corrosion allowance AND a design temperature 16degC (6OF) and above shall be selected as follows

a) Per ASME Code Section II except SA-36 SA-283 and other structural steels shall not be used

b) Recommended plate materials

SPECIFICATION

SA-285 Gr C

SA-515 Gr 55 and Gr 60 SA-515 Gr 65 and Gr 70

SA-516 All Grades

c) Forgings SA-105

MAXIMUM THICKNESS

mm (in)

25 (1)

100 (4)

50 (2) 100 (4)

d) Pipe SA-53 Type S Gr A or Gr B SA-106 Gr A or Gr B

e) Botting (external) Bolts SA-193 Gr B7 ] cadmium plated Nuts SA-194 Gr 2H

f) Gaskets ANSI 8165 API STD 601 ANSI 81621

TEMPERATURE LIMIT

degC (OF)

400 (750)

540 (1000)

65-455 (150-850) 455 (850)

62 For vessels having a shell thickness greater than 50 mm (2 in) andor a design temperature less than 16C (60F) material selection and design shall conform to the requirements of EP 8-1-2

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

MATERIALS (Contd)

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1962

Page 7

63 Material for skirts saddles and other nonpressure parts welded directly to the shell is to be selected from the following

I SPECIIFICi~TION MAXIMUM I TEMPERATURE

THICKNESS I LIMIT mm (in) degC (OF)

SA-283 Gr C 16 (58) 345 (650)

SA-285 Gr C - 400 (750)

SA-36 Gr (rolled shapes only) - 345 (650)

SHOP DRAWINGS

71 Fabricator shall furnish th~ Issuer detailed shopdrawings for approval before starting fabrication and final certified drawings after approval is obtained Each shop drawing shall be fully dimensioned and signed as checked before submittal for approval

72 Review or approval of Fabricator drawings shall not relieve the Fabricator from the responsibility of producing completed vessels in strict conformance with the ASME Code Section VIII and lAuers drawings and specifications

73 Fabrication drawings shall show in addition to the customary notes and details the following

a) Design Pressure

b) Design Temperature

c) Hydrostatic Test Pressure (at uppermost part of vessel)

d) Hydrostatic Test Temperature

e) Corrosion Allowance (1) Shell (2) Head (3) Nozzles

f) Thickness (1) Shell (2) Head (specified minimum thickness) (3) Nozzles

g) Efficiency of Longitudinal Shell Joints

h) Welding Details and Reference Applicable Welding Procedures for Each Type of Weld

i) Heat Treatment Required

j) Vessel is (full) (spot) Radiographed

k) Weight of Vessel Empty (including all internals)

I) Weight of Vessel Filled with Water

I m) Dimensional reference plane (see paragraph 83)

n) Materials (1) Head Spec __ Min or Guaranteed Yield __ Ultimate __

(2) Shell Spec __ bull Min or Guaranteed Yield __ bull Ultimate __

0) Basis Used for Establishing Allowable Stresses (Code Used or Basis)

p) Impact Test Requirements Showing (as applicable)

(1) Component

(2) Thickness for Impact Purposes

(3) Material Specification

(4) Minimum Exposure Temperature

(5) Appropriate Charpy Impact Requirements (AverageMinimum Values)

q) Location and Details of the Nameplate and Data Stamped Thereon

8middot1middot1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

PageS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION

81 No fabrlcaDon may start until Fabricator has received written approval of detailed shop drawing

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

82 Dimensional tolerances unless otherwise noted in the Vessel SpeCification shall conform to code requirements and Figure I page 15

83 A reference plane located from the shell root land shall be punch marked on the outside of the vessel at 0 90 180 and 270 degree points and on the Inside If vessel contains major welded attachments This plane shall be near and above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from the head seam on a horizontal vessel

84 All material Identification markings shall be plainly visible on the outside of the vessel

FORMING AND ASSEMBLY

85 In addition to the requirements of part UCS-79 of Section VIII ASME Code cold formed vessel sections subjectto more than 5 extreme fiber elongation and hot formed sections shall be normalized if the material has previously been normalized This normalizing treatment shall be performed separately not as part of the hot-forming operation

If the hot-forming operations for carbon steel is conducted within a temperature range of 900-700C (16SQ-1300F) and Fabricator demonstrates that the material has retained the specified mechanical properties normalizing as a part ot the hot-forming operation may be acceptable subject to approval by II r

Note Specified mechanical properties are considered to be ultimate tensile and yield strength impact values and grain structure

86 Bending and roiling of shell plates shall be done in the same direction as finally rolled by the manufacturers

S7 Shell plates of different thickness in vessels containing trays shall be joined to obtain a uniform inside diameter

8S The maximum allowable gap between nozzle and manhole reinforcing peds and the shell curvature shall be 3 mm (18 in)

89 Clrcumferantlal welds in vessels containing trays shall be so located as to permit internal visual inspection with trays in place

S10 Joints in horizontal vessels shall not be located coinCident with or across saddle supports

811 Each shell section shall be completely welded longitudinally prior to assembly with other components

812 Tapped telltale holes NPS 14 shall be provided as follows

a) One hole in all slngle--piece reinforcing padS

b) One hole in each section of split pads

c) Two holes in each saddle support wear pad (one hole at each end of the pad)

d) Other closed spaces formed by welding supports to the shell

WELDING

813 Head and shell plates shall be welded with full penetration and full fusion per ASME Section VIII Table UW-12 NO1

814 Non-consumable backing rings shall be used only with uer1 approval

815 Skirt and other attachment welds shall have complete fUSion for the full length of the weld and shall be free from undercut overlap or abrupt ridges anli valleys

816 Temporary attachment welds shall be removed The affected surface shall be restored by adding weld metal grinding or both

I 817 No active (Mn-Si) flux shall be used for submerged-arc welding (SAW)

S18 Gas metal-arc welding (GMAW) is limited to

a) The root pass of any material thickness

b) Butt welds if the material thickness does not exceed 10 mm (3S in)

819 Nozzles or relnforcingpads shall be attached by a full penetration weld If the design exceeds 1400 kPa (200 psi) or 345degC (650F)

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

HEAT TREATMENT

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION (Confd)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 9

820 MInimum preheat temperatures for thermal cutting welding and tack welding shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII Division I Appendix R except as follows

a) Material in the P-I group shall be preheated to 80middotC (175degF) and maintained during welding when 1) under a high degree of restraint (such as closely spaced nozzles) or 2) when all of the following conditions exist 1 Maximum specified carbon content is 030 percent or more 2 Minimum specified tensil strength exceeds 414 MPa (60000 psi) 3 Metal thickness at the joint exceeds 25 mm (1 in)

821 All welding Including internal and external structural attachments shall be completed prior to pOItweld heat treatment

822 Local postweld heat treatment shall not be performed without prior written approval of the 188uer

823 P-I group materials requiring postweld heat treatment which contain linings or internals of non-chemically stablized austenitic materials such liS AISI types 304 or316 shall be heat treated at 525 plusmn 15middotC (975 plusmn 25degF) fora period ot5 hours per 25 mm (Inch) of thickness

824 Machined 8urtace8 shall be protected against scaling during heat treatment

825 Bolts studs and any mating female threaded devices used during heat treatment to alleviate warping of machined surfaces shall be discarded These components shall be replaced with the specified approved Item

CLEANING 826 Prior to hydrostatic testing vessels shall be cleaned of all weld spatter loose scale and foreign matter Liquid used for testing

shail be completely drained

827 Vessels of thicknesses greater than 20 mm (34 in) shall be cleaned externally by a No6 commercial blast SSPC-SPe-S3 to insure freedom from embedded foreign matter Any defects discovered shall be repaired

PROTECTIVE COATING

828 External8uffaces shall be primed per Fabricators standard shop practice unless superseded by 118uer1 Vessel Specification

829 Machined lurtaceS shall not be painted

830 Telltale holes shall be plugged with material incapable of sustaining pressure between the reinforcing plate and the vessel wall

INSPECTION AND TESTING

91 lnuer reserves the right to Inspect vessel at any time to assure compliance with this Engineering Practice the Vessel Specification and the ASME Code

I 92 Fabricator shall notify Issuer at least 10 working days prior to the

a) Start of fabrication

b) Scheduled time of hydrostatic testing

INSPECTION METHODS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

93 All examination methods shall be per ASME Code Section VIII Division I supplemented by the following

a) Issuer reserves the right to approve the radiographic method employed

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 2: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

8 1-1 T DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS C-ECREST

Rev 1 I July 1982 ENGINEERING PRACTICE Page 2

NOTES

31 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revisedlncludes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right margin will be the only indication

32 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary unit equivalents

GENERAL

41 Fabricator Shall advise Isuer of any errors in or discrepancies between the Vessel Specification and Specification Drawings

42 Authorized representative of ssuer shall be accorded the same privileges extended to the Code Inspector as outlined in ASME Code Section VIII Division I paragraphs UG-90 and UG-92

43 Requests for any substitution or change from the Vessel Specification must be accompanied with sufficient information to allow evaluation by Issuer

44 Substitutions or changes from the Vessel Specification must be approved in writing by the ISluer

DESIGN

DESIGN PRESSURE

51

52

The minimum differential between the design preslure (Maximum Allowable Working Pressure) and the maximum anticipated operating pressure shail be 175 kPa (25 psi) or 10 of the design pressure whichever is greater for vessels subject to Internal pressure and protected by conventional relief valves

However when high pressure alarm andor high pressure shutdown devicas are part of the operational design the minimum differential shall be raised to 175 kPa (25 psi) or 20 of the design pressure whichever is greater

Vessels subject to external pressure shall be designed to withstand atmospheric pressure (full vacuum) Only those vessels which will actually be subjected to vacuum conditions during normal operation (including startup or shutdown) shall be designed for external pressure

DESIGN TEMPERATURE

53 The design temperature shall not be less than the maximum anticipated operating temperature Where pressure part materials are selected for notch toughness or temperatures below 15degC (60F) ire encountered a minimum design temperature shall also be used equal to the lowest of any operating shutdown start-up blowdown or upset conditions encountered

CORROSION ALLOWANCE

54 A corrosion allowance shall be added to the surface of all carbon steel pressure parts (shell heads nozzles) and 10 each exposed surface of carbon steel nonremovable internals (tray or bed support rings internal piping etc) The corrosion allowance for carbon steal vessels is to be 15 mm (116 In) minimum or as per the Vessel Specification

MINIMUM MATERIAL THICKNESS

55 The minimum 1hlcknes for carbon steel pressure vessel components where the specified corrosion allowance In 0 through 15 mm (116 in) shall be as listed below Ifthe specified corrosion allowance (CA) exceeds 15 mm add CA less 15 mm to the minimum specified below

MINIMUM COMPONENT DIAMETER THICKNESS

mm (in) mm (in)

Shell and Head 1220 (48) and less 6 (14) gt 1220 (4S) through 2400 (95) S (516)

gt 2400 (95) 10 (3S)

Skirt any size 6 (14)

Internal Pipe amp Attachments any size i 6 (114)

Nozzles NPS 3 and smaller Schedule SO NPS 4 1hrough 10 Schedule 40

(NPS) - Nominal Pipe Size NPS 12 and larger 95 (38)

Minimum thickness is 10 mm (38 in) for horizontal vessels and vertical vessels exceeding 7600 mm (25 ft) overall height

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 3

DESIGN (Contd)

BASIC ALLOWABLE STRESSES

56 The basic allowable stresses for preuure parts shall be as established by the applicable code

57 The basic allowable stresses (Sa) in tension for nonpressure parts shall be the lowest of the following values using either the materials specified minimum or guaranteed strength properties

a) 13 of the tensile strength at room or design temperature whichever is lower

b) 213 of the yield strength at room or design tempe(ature whichever is lower

c) The average stress to cause 1 creep in 100000 hours

Exceptions are

d) Welds attaching nonpressure parts to the pressure shell and supports for Important internal equipment such as cyclones grids etc shall be designed to the allowable stresses for pressure parts

e) Anchor bolting shall be designed for an allowable stress of 103 MPa (15000 psi) For erection conditions of loading the allowable stress may be increased to 124 MPa (18000 psi)

f) Stresses as established by the applicable Code shall apply to the vessel supporting skirt

DESIGN LOADS

58 Loadings to be considered in designing a vessel shall be pertheASME Code Section VIII Wind and earthquake loads shall be per ANSI 85S1 middot1972

59 Design of tall slender columns with a length-to-diameter ratiO exceeding 81 shall Include consideration of vibration and critical wind velocity

510 Vessels and their structural supports shall be designed for the load combinations given below and within the stress specified therein Wind earthquake and other occasional effects shall not be assumed to occur simultaneously

DESIGN CONDITION

a) Normal Operation bull Includes design pressure operating vessel dead load operating contents of vessel superimposed external loads and any other applicable operating effects (such as unbalanced pressure vibration thermally induced piping or internal strain loadings and impact loads) all combined with wind or earthquake load

b) Teatmiddot Includes test pressure test dead load of vessel and attached equipment and weight of test contents in the vessel and in attached equipment

c) Short nme OperaUon bull Includes operating condition plus the effects of any shorttlme overload or upset condition that requires immediate remedial measures or starting-up and shutting-down operations that may result In increased temperature pressure weight effects differential temperatures etc Short-time conditions shall be considered individually and wind or earthquake effects shall not be included

d) Empty Equipment -I ncludes the empty dead load of the vessel and attached eq uipment combined with wind or earthquake load

DESIGN STRESS LlMIT(1)

Sa Based on the corroded thickness and the design metal temperature

Pressure Parts - Sa

Nonpressure Parts - 133 S

Based on the test thickness and the test temperature

For vertical vessels tested in place the design stress is limited to 90 of the yield strength of the material

133 S Based on the corroded thickness and the applicable metal temperature

For pressure parts the short-time operating pressure is limited to 110 ofthe vessel design pressure

For nonpressure parts the design stress is limited to 90 of the specified minimum yield strength

12 S Based on the corroded thickness and ambient temperature

I

8-1-1 T I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS lIE CREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 4

HEADS

DESIGN (Contd)

el Lifting Lugs if required shali be designed for 200 of the expected load

Note

(1) Calculated primary membrane stresses for the design conditions given shall not exceed the design stress limits listed S equals the basic allowable stress (see paragraphs 56 and 57)

511 Vessel heads shall be semi-ellipsoidal (ratio 21) of one-piece construction and concave to pressure or vacuum unless otherwise specified in the Vessel Specification

512 Use of other type heads must be approved by the laauer before heads are ordered

SUPPORTS

513 All vessels shall be designed to be self-supporting without the use of gu~s or braces

514 Supports shall be continuously welded to the shell of the vessel

515 Vertical vessel supports shall conform to the following

a) Vertical vessels shall be supported on cylindrical steel skirts unless legs or lugs are specified in the Vessel Specification

b) A minimum clearance of 450 mm (18 in) between the bottom head and the base of the skirt shall be maintained to provide maintenance and inspection access

I c) The outSide diameter (00) of the skirt shall be the same as the 00 of the vessel at point of attachment

d) Skirts shall contain a minimum number and size of access openings and vents per the table below Vents shall be located near the skirt top spaced at 90deg or 1800 points

VESSEL ACCESS OPENINGS VENTS DIAMETER SiZE NUMBER SIZE NUMBER

mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)

lt 900 (36) 200 (8) 1 50 (2) 2 900 (36) to 1800 (72) 450 (18) 1 100 (4) 2

gt 1800 (72) 450 (18) 2 100 (4) 4

e) Skirt openings shall be large enough to pass the flange of piping connected to the bottom head nozzle

f) All skirt openings greater than 100 mm (4 in) shali be adequately reinforced

g) Base rings shall be detailed and submitted to Issuer for approval if not specified in the Vessel Specification

h) Anchor bolts shall be used in multiple numbers of 4

A minimum of 4 anchor bolts 20 mm (34 in) minimum diameter shall be used for vertical vessels

A minimum number of 8 anchor bolts 25 mm (1 in) minimum diameter shall be used for vertical vessels taller than 7600 mm (25 tt) overall height

Anchor bolts shall be placed to straddle the 0 0 centerline of the vessel

516 Horizontal vessel supports shall conform to the following

a) Horizontal vessels shall be supported on welded steel saddles furnished by Fabricator

b) Horizontal cylindrical vessels shall have no more than two saddle supports

c) Saddle bolt holes shall be slotted at one end of the vessel to provide for thermal expansion when operating temperature is greater than 65degC (150middotF) or vessel seam~to-seam length is greater than 9000 mm (SO tt)

d) Saddle details shall be submitted to Issuer for approval if not specified in the Vessel Specification bull

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

I 517 Vessel opening~ may be flanged threaded or welded types with the following limitations

a) Minimum size of connection shall be NPS 34

b) Connections NPS 2 and larger shall be flanged

c) Connections for ANSI Class 900 service and higher shall be flanged

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 1 July 1982

Page 5

d) Vessel openings NPS 1-12 and smaller may be threaded except for relief valve connections which shall be flanged

e) Threaded connections shall be Class 6000 forged steel couplings attached with a full penetration weld

Coupling length shall permit an outside projection of the normal thread engagement plus 6 mm (14 in) plus the attachment fillet weld size

Couplings shall extend through insulation

f) Vessel openings NPS 1-142-123-125 and 7 shall not be used

518 No threaded openings shall be tapped directly into the shell or head plates except for telltale holes in reinforcing pads Studded type connections shall not be used

519 Nozzle projection shall be as specified in the Vessel Specification

520 Internal proJections of nozzles shall be limited as follows

a) Nozzles for use as drains shall be flush with the vessel interior surface

b) If an internal projection may interfere with vessel internals nozzle shall be flush with vessel interior surface

c) Internal proJections of nozzles shall not exceed 20 mm (34 in) - measured at the nozzle 00 - for NPS 12 and smaller Projections of nozzles larger than NPS 12 shall not exceed 40 mm (1-12 in)

521 Nozzle necks made of welding ells mitered ells or bends shall not be used unless specified in the Vessel Specification

522 Nozzles and connections shall not be located in longitudinal weld seams When unavoidable in circumferential seams that portion of the weld coverod by a reinforcing pad shall be ground flush and radiographically examined prior to installation of the pad

523 When bottom head connections are terminated outside the skirt the piping components shall be at least one schedule heavier than that required for the vessel design conditions This connection shall not be restrained

MANHOLES AND INSPECTION OPENINGS

524 Manholes or inspection openings shall be provided on all vessels unless specifically deleted by the Vessel Specification

525 The type minimum size and minimum number of openings shall be

t VESSEL INSIDE DIAMETER

lt 800 mm (32) 800 mm (32 in) and larger

REQUIRED OPENINGS

Two NPS 4 Handholes One 400 mm (16-in) inside

diameter manhole

526 Towers containing trays shall have at least a top and a bottom manhole Packed towers shall have an openingwith a minimum diameter of 300 mm (12 in) directly above each grid to permit removal of packing

527 Manholes shall be provided complete with blind flange bolting gaskets and when required davits or hinges

528 Davits or hinges shall be provided for all opening cover plates weighing in excess of 35 kg (75 lb)

529 Oval type manholes or inspection openings are not permitted

FLANGES AND GASKETS

530 No slip-on or Class 400 flanges shall be used

8-1-1 T

Rav 1 I July 1982

Page 6

I DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

531 Orientation of flange bolt holes shall be as follows

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) When the nozzle axis lies in a plane perpendicular to the vessel axis bolt holes shall straddle a centerline parallel to the vessel axis

b) When the nozzle axis is parallel to or coincident with the vassel axis the bolt holes shall straddle center lines parallal to the 0 vessel centerline on vertical vessels and the vertical centerlines on horizontal vessels

c) Bolt hole orientation not specified above will be shown on the IlIuers specification drawing

532 Gaskets shall be per ANSI B165 Octagonal ring gaskets shall be used with ring joint flanges Two spar sts of gaskets for all openings requiring cover plates shall be furnished by Fabricator

INTERNAL A TT ACHEMENTS

533 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all internal attachments Removable internals shall be furnished when specified and deSigned to pass through the vessel manhole

534 Removable internals shall be retained and supported by alloy steel bolts having suitable corrosion resistance

535 Major internal piping shall be flanged for ease of removal Light plate flanges may be used with machined flat face

536 Single-weld 90 miter ells shall not be used unless specified

537 All internal attachments shall be welded to the shell or head by continuous fillet welds Tray support rings shall have a continuous strength weld on the bottom and a seal weld on the top of the ring

EXTERNAL ATTACHMENTS

538 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all external attachments

539 All structural members attached by welding to the outside of the vessel shall be continuously welded tothe vessel Insulation supports on vessels operating above 100C (212F) may be skip welded Vessels operating below 100C shall have all attachments continuously welded

540 Continuous external stiffeners shall be provided when required on vacuum or large diameter vessels

541 Fabricators standard lifting lugs shall be furnished for all vessels

MATERIALS

PRESSURE PARTS

61 Materials for pressure parts for vessels having a shell thickness of 50 mm (2 in) and under including corrosion allowance AND a design temperature 16degC (6OF) and above shall be selected as follows

a) Per ASME Code Section II except SA-36 SA-283 and other structural steels shall not be used

b) Recommended plate materials

SPECIFICATION

SA-285 Gr C

SA-515 Gr 55 and Gr 60 SA-515 Gr 65 and Gr 70

SA-516 All Grades

c) Forgings SA-105

MAXIMUM THICKNESS

mm (in)

25 (1)

100 (4)

50 (2) 100 (4)

d) Pipe SA-53 Type S Gr A or Gr B SA-106 Gr A or Gr B

e) Botting (external) Bolts SA-193 Gr B7 ] cadmium plated Nuts SA-194 Gr 2H

f) Gaskets ANSI 8165 API STD 601 ANSI 81621

TEMPERATURE LIMIT

degC (OF)

400 (750)

540 (1000)

65-455 (150-850) 455 (850)

62 For vessels having a shell thickness greater than 50 mm (2 in) andor a design temperature less than 16C (60F) material selection and design shall conform to the requirements of EP 8-1-2

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

MATERIALS (Contd)

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1962

Page 7

63 Material for skirts saddles and other nonpressure parts welded directly to the shell is to be selected from the following

I SPECIIFICi~TION MAXIMUM I TEMPERATURE

THICKNESS I LIMIT mm (in) degC (OF)

SA-283 Gr C 16 (58) 345 (650)

SA-285 Gr C - 400 (750)

SA-36 Gr (rolled shapes only) - 345 (650)

SHOP DRAWINGS

71 Fabricator shall furnish th~ Issuer detailed shopdrawings for approval before starting fabrication and final certified drawings after approval is obtained Each shop drawing shall be fully dimensioned and signed as checked before submittal for approval

72 Review or approval of Fabricator drawings shall not relieve the Fabricator from the responsibility of producing completed vessels in strict conformance with the ASME Code Section VIII and lAuers drawings and specifications

73 Fabrication drawings shall show in addition to the customary notes and details the following

a) Design Pressure

b) Design Temperature

c) Hydrostatic Test Pressure (at uppermost part of vessel)

d) Hydrostatic Test Temperature

e) Corrosion Allowance (1) Shell (2) Head (3) Nozzles

f) Thickness (1) Shell (2) Head (specified minimum thickness) (3) Nozzles

g) Efficiency of Longitudinal Shell Joints

h) Welding Details and Reference Applicable Welding Procedures for Each Type of Weld

i) Heat Treatment Required

j) Vessel is (full) (spot) Radiographed

k) Weight of Vessel Empty (including all internals)

I) Weight of Vessel Filled with Water

I m) Dimensional reference plane (see paragraph 83)

n) Materials (1) Head Spec __ Min or Guaranteed Yield __ Ultimate __

(2) Shell Spec __ bull Min or Guaranteed Yield __ bull Ultimate __

0) Basis Used for Establishing Allowable Stresses (Code Used or Basis)

p) Impact Test Requirements Showing (as applicable)

(1) Component

(2) Thickness for Impact Purposes

(3) Material Specification

(4) Minimum Exposure Temperature

(5) Appropriate Charpy Impact Requirements (AverageMinimum Values)

q) Location and Details of the Nameplate and Data Stamped Thereon

8middot1middot1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

PageS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION

81 No fabrlcaDon may start until Fabricator has received written approval of detailed shop drawing

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

82 Dimensional tolerances unless otherwise noted in the Vessel SpeCification shall conform to code requirements and Figure I page 15

83 A reference plane located from the shell root land shall be punch marked on the outside of the vessel at 0 90 180 and 270 degree points and on the Inside If vessel contains major welded attachments This plane shall be near and above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from the head seam on a horizontal vessel

84 All material Identification markings shall be plainly visible on the outside of the vessel

FORMING AND ASSEMBLY

85 In addition to the requirements of part UCS-79 of Section VIII ASME Code cold formed vessel sections subjectto more than 5 extreme fiber elongation and hot formed sections shall be normalized if the material has previously been normalized This normalizing treatment shall be performed separately not as part of the hot-forming operation

If the hot-forming operations for carbon steel is conducted within a temperature range of 900-700C (16SQ-1300F) and Fabricator demonstrates that the material has retained the specified mechanical properties normalizing as a part ot the hot-forming operation may be acceptable subject to approval by II r

Note Specified mechanical properties are considered to be ultimate tensile and yield strength impact values and grain structure

86 Bending and roiling of shell plates shall be done in the same direction as finally rolled by the manufacturers

S7 Shell plates of different thickness in vessels containing trays shall be joined to obtain a uniform inside diameter

8S The maximum allowable gap between nozzle and manhole reinforcing peds and the shell curvature shall be 3 mm (18 in)

89 Clrcumferantlal welds in vessels containing trays shall be so located as to permit internal visual inspection with trays in place

S10 Joints in horizontal vessels shall not be located coinCident with or across saddle supports

811 Each shell section shall be completely welded longitudinally prior to assembly with other components

812 Tapped telltale holes NPS 14 shall be provided as follows

a) One hole in all slngle--piece reinforcing padS

b) One hole in each section of split pads

c) Two holes in each saddle support wear pad (one hole at each end of the pad)

d) Other closed spaces formed by welding supports to the shell

WELDING

813 Head and shell plates shall be welded with full penetration and full fusion per ASME Section VIII Table UW-12 NO1

814 Non-consumable backing rings shall be used only with uer1 approval

815 Skirt and other attachment welds shall have complete fUSion for the full length of the weld and shall be free from undercut overlap or abrupt ridges anli valleys

816 Temporary attachment welds shall be removed The affected surface shall be restored by adding weld metal grinding or both

I 817 No active (Mn-Si) flux shall be used for submerged-arc welding (SAW)

S18 Gas metal-arc welding (GMAW) is limited to

a) The root pass of any material thickness

b) Butt welds if the material thickness does not exceed 10 mm (3S in)

819 Nozzles or relnforcingpads shall be attached by a full penetration weld If the design exceeds 1400 kPa (200 psi) or 345degC (650F)

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

HEAT TREATMENT

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION (Confd)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 9

820 MInimum preheat temperatures for thermal cutting welding and tack welding shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII Division I Appendix R except as follows

a) Material in the P-I group shall be preheated to 80middotC (175degF) and maintained during welding when 1) under a high degree of restraint (such as closely spaced nozzles) or 2) when all of the following conditions exist 1 Maximum specified carbon content is 030 percent or more 2 Minimum specified tensil strength exceeds 414 MPa (60000 psi) 3 Metal thickness at the joint exceeds 25 mm (1 in)

821 All welding Including internal and external structural attachments shall be completed prior to pOItweld heat treatment

822 Local postweld heat treatment shall not be performed without prior written approval of the 188uer

823 P-I group materials requiring postweld heat treatment which contain linings or internals of non-chemically stablized austenitic materials such liS AISI types 304 or316 shall be heat treated at 525 plusmn 15middotC (975 plusmn 25degF) fora period ot5 hours per 25 mm (Inch) of thickness

824 Machined 8urtace8 shall be protected against scaling during heat treatment

825 Bolts studs and any mating female threaded devices used during heat treatment to alleviate warping of machined surfaces shall be discarded These components shall be replaced with the specified approved Item

CLEANING 826 Prior to hydrostatic testing vessels shall be cleaned of all weld spatter loose scale and foreign matter Liquid used for testing

shail be completely drained

827 Vessels of thicknesses greater than 20 mm (34 in) shall be cleaned externally by a No6 commercial blast SSPC-SPe-S3 to insure freedom from embedded foreign matter Any defects discovered shall be repaired

PROTECTIVE COATING

828 External8uffaces shall be primed per Fabricators standard shop practice unless superseded by 118uer1 Vessel Specification

829 Machined lurtaceS shall not be painted

830 Telltale holes shall be plugged with material incapable of sustaining pressure between the reinforcing plate and the vessel wall

INSPECTION AND TESTING

91 lnuer reserves the right to Inspect vessel at any time to assure compliance with this Engineering Practice the Vessel Specification and the ASME Code

I 92 Fabricator shall notify Issuer at least 10 working days prior to the

a) Start of fabrication

b) Scheduled time of hydrostatic testing

INSPECTION METHODS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

93 All examination methods shall be per ASME Code Section VIII Division I supplemented by the following

a) Issuer reserves the right to approve the radiographic method employed

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 3: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 3

DESIGN (Contd)

BASIC ALLOWABLE STRESSES

56 The basic allowable stresses for preuure parts shall be as established by the applicable code

57 The basic allowable stresses (Sa) in tension for nonpressure parts shall be the lowest of the following values using either the materials specified minimum or guaranteed strength properties

a) 13 of the tensile strength at room or design temperature whichever is lower

b) 213 of the yield strength at room or design tempe(ature whichever is lower

c) The average stress to cause 1 creep in 100000 hours

Exceptions are

d) Welds attaching nonpressure parts to the pressure shell and supports for Important internal equipment such as cyclones grids etc shall be designed to the allowable stresses for pressure parts

e) Anchor bolting shall be designed for an allowable stress of 103 MPa (15000 psi) For erection conditions of loading the allowable stress may be increased to 124 MPa (18000 psi)

f) Stresses as established by the applicable Code shall apply to the vessel supporting skirt

DESIGN LOADS

58 Loadings to be considered in designing a vessel shall be pertheASME Code Section VIII Wind and earthquake loads shall be per ANSI 85S1 middot1972

59 Design of tall slender columns with a length-to-diameter ratiO exceeding 81 shall Include consideration of vibration and critical wind velocity

510 Vessels and their structural supports shall be designed for the load combinations given below and within the stress specified therein Wind earthquake and other occasional effects shall not be assumed to occur simultaneously

DESIGN CONDITION

a) Normal Operation bull Includes design pressure operating vessel dead load operating contents of vessel superimposed external loads and any other applicable operating effects (such as unbalanced pressure vibration thermally induced piping or internal strain loadings and impact loads) all combined with wind or earthquake load

b) Teatmiddot Includes test pressure test dead load of vessel and attached equipment and weight of test contents in the vessel and in attached equipment

c) Short nme OperaUon bull Includes operating condition plus the effects of any shorttlme overload or upset condition that requires immediate remedial measures or starting-up and shutting-down operations that may result In increased temperature pressure weight effects differential temperatures etc Short-time conditions shall be considered individually and wind or earthquake effects shall not be included

d) Empty Equipment -I ncludes the empty dead load of the vessel and attached eq uipment combined with wind or earthquake load

DESIGN STRESS LlMIT(1)

Sa Based on the corroded thickness and the design metal temperature

Pressure Parts - Sa

Nonpressure Parts - 133 S

Based on the test thickness and the test temperature

For vertical vessels tested in place the design stress is limited to 90 of the yield strength of the material

133 S Based on the corroded thickness and the applicable metal temperature

For pressure parts the short-time operating pressure is limited to 110 ofthe vessel design pressure

For nonpressure parts the design stress is limited to 90 of the specified minimum yield strength

12 S Based on the corroded thickness and ambient temperature

I

8-1-1 T I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS lIE CREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 4

HEADS

DESIGN (Contd)

el Lifting Lugs if required shali be designed for 200 of the expected load

Note

(1) Calculated primary membrane stresses for the design conditions given shall not exceed the design stress limits listed S equals the basic allowable stress (see paragraphs 56 and 57)

511 Vessel heads shall be semi-ellipsoidal (ratio 21) of one-piece construction and concave to pressure or vacuum unless otherwise specified in the Vessel Specification

512 Use of other type heads must be approved by the laauer before heads are ordered

SUPPORTS

513 All vessels shall be designed to be self-supporting without the use of gu~s or braces

514 Supports shall be continuously welded to the shell of the vessel

515 Vertical vessel supports shall conform to the following

a) Vertical vessels shall be supported on cylindrical steel skirts unless legs or lugs are specified in the Vessel Specification

b) A minimum clearance of 450 mm (18 in) between the bottom head and the base of the skirt shall be maintained to provide maintenance and inspection access

I c) The outSide diameter (00) of the skirt shall be the same as the 00 of the vessel at point of attachment

d) Skirts shall contain a minimum number and size of access openings and vents per the table below Vents shall be located near the skirt top spaced at 90deg or 1800 points

VESSEL ACCESS OPENINGS VENTS DIAMETER SiZE NUMBER SIZE NUMBER

mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)

lt 900 (36) 200 (8) 1 50 (2) 2 900 (36) to 1800 (72) 450 (18) 1 100 (4) 2

gt 1800 (72) 450 (18) 2 100 (4) 4

e) Skirt openings shall be large enough to pass the flange of piping connected to the bottom head nozzle

f) All skirt openings greater than 100 mm (4 in) shali be adequately reinforced

g) Base rings shall be detailed and submitted to Issuer for approval if not specified in the Vessel Specification

h) Anchor bolts shall be used in multiple numbers of 4

A minimum of 4 anchor bolts 20 mm (34 in) minimum diameter shall be used for vertical vessels

A minimum number of 8 anchor bolts 25 mm (1 in) minimum diameter shall be used for vertical vessels taller than 7600 mm (25 tt) overall height

Anchor bolts shall be placed to straddle the 0 0 centerline of the vessel

516 Horizontal vessel supports shall conform to the following

a) Horizontal vessels shall be supported on welded steel saddles furnished by Fabricator

b) Horizontal cylindrical vessels shall have no more than two saddle supports

c) Saddle bolt holes shall be slotted at one end of the vessel to provide for thermal expansion when operating temperature is greater than 65degC (150middotF) or vessel seam~to-seam length is greater than 9000 mm (SO tt)

d) Saddle details shall be submitted to Issuer for approval if not specified in the Vessel Specification bull

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

I 517 Vessel opening~ may be flanged threaded or welded types with the following limitations

a) Minimum size of connection shall be NPS 34

b) Connections NPS 2 and larger shall be flanged

c) Connections for ANSI Class 900 service and higher shall be flanged

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 1 July 1982

Page 5

d) Vessel openings NPS 1-12 and smaller may be threaded except for relief valve connections which shall be flanged

e) Threaded connections shall be Class 6000 forged steel couplings attached with a full penetration weld

Coupling length shall permit an outside projection of the normal thread engagement plus 6 mm (14 in) plus the attachment fillet weld size

Couplings shall extend through insulation

f) Vessel openings NPS 1-142-123-125 and 7 shall not be used

518 No threaded openings shall be tapped directly into the shell or head plates except for telltale holes in reinforcing pads Studded type connections shall not be used

519 Nozzle projection shall be as specified in the Vessel Specification

520 Internal proJections of nozzles shall be limited as follows

a) Nozzles for use as drains shall be flush with the vessel interior surface

b) If an internal projection may interfere with vessel internals nozzle shall be flush with vessel interior surface

c) Internal proJections of nozzles shall not exceed 20 mm (34 in) - measured at the nozzle 00 - for NPS 12 and smaller Projections of nozzles larger than NPS 12 shall not exceed 40 mm (1-12 in)

521 Nozzle necks made of welding ells mitered ells or bends shall not be used unless specified in the Vessel Specification

522 Nozzles and connections shall not be located in longitudinal weld seams When unavoidable in circumferential seams that portion of the weld coverod by a reinforcing pad shall be ground flush and radiographically examined prior to installation of the pad

523 When bottom head connections are terminated outside the skirt the piping components shall be at least one schedule heavier than that required for the vessel design conditions This connection shall not be restrained

MANHOLES AND INSPECTION OPENINGS

524 Manholes or inspection openings shall be provided on all vessels unless specifically deleted by the Vessel Specification

525 The type minimum size and minimum number of openings shall be

t VESSEL INSIDE DIAMETER

lt 800 mm (32) 800 mm (32 in) and larger

REQUIRED OPENINGS

Two NPS 4 Handholes One 400 mm (16-in) inside

diameter manhole

526 Towers containing trays shall have at least a top and a bottom manhole Packed towers shall have an openingwith a minimum diameter of 300 mm (12 in) directly above each grid to permit removal of packing

527 Manholes shall be provided complete with blind flange bolting gaskets and when required davits or hinges

528 Davits or hinges shall be provided for all opening cover plates weighing in excess of 35 kg (75 lb)

529 Oval type manholes or inspection openings are not permitted

FLANGES AND GASKETS

530 No slip-on or Class 400 flanges shall be used

8-1-1 T

Rav 1 I July 1982

Page 6

I DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

531 Orientation of flange bolt holes shall be as follows

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) When the nozzle axis lies in a plane perpendicular to the vessel axis bolt holes shall straddle a centerline parallel to the vessel axis

b) When the nozzle axis is parallel to or coincident with the vassel axis the bolt holes shall straddle center lines parallal to the 0 vessel centerline on vertical vessels and the vertical centerlines on horizontal vessels

c) Bolt hole orientation not specified above will be shown on the IlIuers specification drawing

532 Gaskets shall be per ANSI B165 Octagonal ring gaskets shall be used with ring joint flanges Two spar sts of gaskets for all openings requiring cover plates shall be furnished by Fabricator

INTERNAL A TT ACHEMENTS

533 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all internal attachments Removable internals shall be furnished when specified and deSigned to pass through the vessel manhole

534 Removable internals shall be retained and supported by alloy steel bolts having suitable corrosion resistance

535 Major internal piping shall be flanged for ease of removal Light plate flanges may be used with machined flat face

536 Single-weld 90 miter ells shall not be used unless specified

537 All internal attachments shall be welded to the shell or head by continuous fillet welds Tray support rings shall have a continuous strength weld on the bottom and a seal weld on the top of the ring

EXTERNAL ATTACHMENTS

538 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all external attachments

539 All structural members attached by welding to the outside of the vessel shall be continuously welded tothe vessel Insulation supports on vessels operating above 100C (212F) may be skip welded Vessels operating below 100C shall have all attachments continuously welded

540 Continuous external stiffeners shall be provided when required on vacuum or large diameter vessels

541 Fabricators standard lifting lugs shall be furnished for all vessels

MATERIALS

PRESSURE PARTS

61 Materials for pressure parts for vessels having a shell thickness of 50 mm (2 in) and under including corrosion allowance AND a design temperature 16degC (6OF) and above shall be selected as follows

a) Per ASME Code Section II except SA-36 SA-283 and other structural steels shall not be used

b) Recommended plate materials

SPECIFICATION

SA-285 Gr C

SA-515 Gr 55 and Gr 60 SA-515 Gr 65 and Gr 70

SA-516 All Grades

c) Forgings SA-105

MAXIMUM THICKNESS

mm (in)

25 (1)

100 (4)

50 (2) 100 (4)

d) Pipe SA-53 Type S Gr A or Gr B SA-106 Gr A or Gr B

e) Botting (external) Bolts SA-193 Gr B7 ] cadmium plated Nuts SA-194 Gr 2H

f) Gaskets ANSI 8165 API STD 601 ANSI 81621

TEMPERATURE LIMIT

degC (OF)

400 (750)

540 (1000)

65-455 (150-850) 455 (850)

62 For vessels having a shell thickness greater than 50 mm (2 in) andor a design temperature less than 16C (60F) material selection and design shall conform to the requirements of EP 8-1-2

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

MATERIALS (Contd)

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1962

Page 7

63 Material for skirts saddles and other nonpressure parts welded directly to the shell is to be selected from the following

I SPECIIFICi~TION MAXIMUM I TEMPERATURE

THICKNESS I LIMIT mm (in) degC (OF)

SA-283 Gr C 16 (58) 345 (650)

SA-285 Gr C - 400 (750)

SA-36 Gr (rolled shapes only) - 345 (650)

SHOP DRAWINGS

71 Fabricator shall furnish th~ Issuer detailed shopdrawings for approval before starting fabrication and final certified drawings after approval is obtained Each shop drawing shall be fully dimensioned and signed as checked before submittal for approval

72 Review or approval of Fabricator drawings shall not relieve the Fabricator from the responsibility of producing completed vessels in strict conformance with the ASME Code Section VIII and lAuers drawings and specifications

73 Fabrication drawings shall show in addition to the customary notes and details the following

a) Design Pressure

b) Design Temperature

c) Hydrostatic Test Pressure (at uppermost part of vessel)

d) Hydrostatic Test Temperature

e) Corrosion Allowance (1) Shell (2) Head (3) Nozzles

f) Thickness (1) Shell (2) Head (specified minimum thickness) (3) Nozzles

g) Efficiency of Longitudinal Shell Joints

h) Welding Details and Reference Applicable Welding Procedures for Each Type of Weld

i) Heat Treatment Required

j) Vessel is (full) (spot) Radiographed

k) Weight of Vessel Empty (including all internals)

I) Weight of Vessel Filled with Water

I m) Dimensional reference plane (see paragraph 83)

n) Materials (1) Head Spec __ Min or Guaranteed Yield __ Ultimate __

(2) Shell Spec __ bull Min or Guaranteed Yield __ bull Ultimate __

0) Basis Used for Establishing Allowable Stresses (Code Used or Basis)

p) Impact Test Requirements Showing (as applicable)

(1) Component

(2) Thickness for Impact Purposes

(3) Material Specification

(4) Minimum Exposure Temperature

(5) Appropriate Charpy Impact Requirements (AverageMinimum Values)

q) Location and Details of the Nameplate and Data Stamped Thereon

8middot1middot1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

PageS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION

81 No fabrlcaDon may start until Fabricator has received written approval of detailed shop drawing

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

82 Dimensional tolerances unless otherwise noted in the Vessel SpeCification shall conform to code requirements and Figure I page 15

83 A reference plane located from the shell root land shall be punch marked on the outside of the vessel at 0 90 180 and 270 degree points and on the Inside If vessel contains major welded attachments This plane shall be near and above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from the head seam on a horizontal vessel

84 All material Identification markings shall be plainly visible on the outside of the vessel

FORMING AND ASSEMBLY

85 In addition to the requirements of part UCS-79 of Section VIII ASME Code cold formed vessel sections subjectto more than 5 extreme fiber elongation and hot formed sections shall be normalized if the material has previously been normalized This normalizing treatment shall be performed separately not as part of the hot-forming operation

If the hot-forming operations for carbon steel is conducted within a temperature range of 900-700C (16SQ-1300F) and Fabricator demonstrates that the material has retained the specified mechanical properties normalizing as a part ot the hot-forming operation may be acceptable subject to approval by II r

Note Specified mechanical properties are considered to be ultimate tensile and yield strength impact values and grain structure

86 Bending and roiling of shell plates shall be done in the same direction as finally rolled by the manufacturers

S7 Shell plates of different thickness in vessels containing trays shall be joined to obtain a uniform inside diameter

8S The maximum allowable gap between nozzle and manhole reinforcing peds and the shell curvature shall be 3 mm (18 in)

89 Clrcumferantlal welds in vessels containing trays shall be so located as to permit internal visual inspection with trays in place

S10 Joints in horizontal vessels shall not be located coinCident with or across saddle supports

811 Each shell section shall be completely welded longitudinally prior to assembly with other components

812 Tapped telltale holes NPS 14 shall be provided as follows

a) One hole in all slngle--piece reinforcing padS

b) One hole in each section of split pads

c) Two holes in each saddle support wear pad (one hole at each end of the pad)

d) Other closed spaces formed by welding supports to the shell

WELDING

813 Head and shell plates shall be welded with full penetration and full fusion per ASME Section VIII Table UW-12 NO1

814 Non-consumable backing rings shall be used only with uer1 approval

815 Skirt and other attachment welds shall have complete fUSion for the full length of the weld and shall be free from undercut overlap or abrupt ridges anli valleys

816 Temporary attachment welds shall be removed The affected surface shall be restored by adding weld metal grinding or both

I 817 No active (Mn-Si) flux shall be used for submerged-arc welding (SAW)

S18 Gas metal-arc welding (GMAW) is limited to

a) The root pass of any material thickness

b) Butt welds if the material thickness does not exceed 10 mm (3S in)

819 Nozzles or relnforcingpads shall be attached by a full penetration weld If the design exceeds 1400 kPa (200 psi) or 345degC (650F)

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

HEAT TREATMENT

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION (Confd)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 9

820 MInimum preheat temperatures for thermal cutting welding and tack welding shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII Division I Appendix R except as follows

a) Material in the P-I group shall be preheated to 80middotC (175degF) and maintained during welding when 1) under a high degree of restraint (such as closely spaced nozzles) or 2) when all of the following conditions exist 1 Maximum specified carbon content is 030 percent or more 2 Minimum specified tensil strength exceeds 414 MPa (60000 psi) 3 Metal thickness at the joint exceeds 25 mm (1 in)

821 All welding Including internal and external structural attachments shall be completed prior to pOItweld heat treatment

822 Local postweld heat treatment shall not be performed without prior written approval of the 188uer

823 P-I group materials requiring postweld heat treatment which contain linings or internals of non-chemically stablized austenitic materials such liS AISI types 304 or316 shall be heat treated at 525 plusmn 15middotC (975 plusmn 25degF) fora period ot5 hours per 25 mm (Inch) of thickness

824 Machined 8urtace8 shall be protected against scaling during heat treatment

825 Bolts studs and any mating female threaded devices used during heat treatment to alleviate warping of machined surfaces shall be discarded These components shall be replaced with the specified approved Item

CLEANING 826 Prior to hydrostatic testing vessels shall be cleaned of all weld spatter loose scale and foreign matter Liquid used for testing

shail be completely drained

827 Vessels of thicknesses greater than 20 mm (34 in) shall be cleaned externally by a No6 commercial blast SSPC-SPe-S3 to insure freedom from embedded foreign matter Any defects discovered shall be repaired

PROTECTIVE COATING

828 External8uffaces shall be primed per Fabricators standard shop practice unless superseded by 118uer1 Vessel Specification

829 Machined lurtaceS shall not be painted

830 Telltale holes shall be plugged with material incapable of sustaining pressure between the reinforcing plate and the vessel wall

INSPECTION AND TESTING

91 lnuer reserves the right to Inspect vessel at any time to assure compliance with this Engineering Practice the Vessel Specification and the ASME Code

I 92 Fabricator shall notify Issuer at least 10 working days prior to the

a) Start of fabrication

b) Scheduled time of hydrostatic testing

INSPECTION METHODS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

93 All examination methods shall be per ASME Code Section VIII Division I supplemented by the following

a) Issuer reserves the right to approve the radiographic method employed

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 4: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

I

8-1-1 T I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS lIE CREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 4

HEADS

DESIGN (Contd)

el Lifting Lugs if required shali be designed for 200 of the expected load

Note

(1) Calculated primary membrane stresses for the design conditions given shall not exceed the design stress limits listed S equals the basic allowable stress (see paragraphs 56 and 57)

511 Vessel heads shall be semi-ellipsoidal (ratio 21) of one-piece construction and concave to pressure or vacuum unless otherwise specified in the Vessel Specification

512 Use of other type heads must be approved by the laauer before heads are ordered

SUPPORTS

513 All vessels shall be designed to be self-supporting without the use of gu~s or braces

514 Supports shall be continuously welded to the shell of the vessel

515 Vertical vessel supports shall conform to the following

a) Vertical vessels shall be supported on cylindrical steel skirts unless legs or lugs are specified in the Vessel Specification

b) A minimum clearance of 450 mm (18 in) between the bottom head and the base of the skirt shall be maintained to provide maintenance and inspection access

I c) The outSide diameter (00) of the skirt shall be the same as the 00 of the vessel at point of attachment

d) Skirts shall contain a minimum number and size of access openings and vents per the table below Vents shall be located near the skirt top spaced at 90deg or 1800 points

VESSEL ACCESS OPENINGS VENTS DIAMETER SiZE NUMBER SIZE NUMBER

mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)

lt 900 (36) 200 (8) 1 50 (2) 2 900 (36) to 1800 (72) 450 (18) 1 100 (4) 2

gt 1800 (72) 450 (18) 2 100 (4) 4

e) Skirt openings shall be large enough to pass the flange of piping connected to the bottom head nozzle

f) All skirt openings greater than 100 mm (4 in) shali be adequately reinforced

g) Base rings shall be detailed and submitted to Issuer for approval if not specified in the Vessel Specification

h) Anchor bolts shall be used in multiple numbers of 4

A minimum of 4 anchor bolts 20 mm (34 in) minimum diameter shall be used for vertical vessels

A minimum number of 8 anchor bolts 25 mm (1 in) minimum diameter shall be used for vertical vessels taller than 7600 mm (25 tt) overall height

Anchor bolts shall be placed to straddle the 0 0 centerline of the vessel

516 Horizontal vessel supports shall conform to the following

a) Horizontal vessels shall be supported on welded steel saddles furnished by Fabricator

b) Horizontal cylindrical vessels shall have no more than two saddle supports

c) Saddle bolt holes shall be slotted at one end of the vessel to provide for thermal expansion when operating temperature is greater than 65degC (150middotF) or vessel seam~to-seam length is greater than 9000 mm (SO tt)

d) Saddle details shall be submitted to Issuer for approval if not specified in the Vessel Specification bull

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

I 517 Vessel opening~ may be flanged threaded or welded types with the following limitations

a) Minimum size of connection shall be NPS 34

b) Connections NPS 2 and larger shall be flanged

c) Connections for ANSI Class 900 service and higher shall be flanged

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 1 July 1982

Page 5

d) Vessel openings NPS 1-12 and smaller may be threaded except for relief valve connections which shall be flanged

e) Threaded connections shall be Class 6000 forged steel couplings attached with a full penetration weld

Coupling length shall permit an outside projection of the normal thread engagement plus 6 mm (14 in) plus the attachment fillet weld size

Couplings shall extend through insulation

f) Vessel openings NPS 1-142-123-125 and 7 shall not be used

518 No threaded openings shall be tapped directly into the shell or head plates except for telltale holes in reinforcing pads Studded type connections shall not be used

519 Nozzle projection shall be as specified in the Vessel Specification

520 Internal proJections of nozzles shall be limited as follows

a) Nozzles for use as drains shall be flush with the vessel interior surface

b) If an internal projection may interfere with vessel internals nozzle shall be flush with vessel interior surface

c) Internal proJections of nozzles shall not exceed 20 mm (34 in) - measured at the nozzle 00 - for NPS 12 and smaller Projections of nozzles larger than NPS 12 shall not exceed 40 mm (1-12 in)

521 Nozzle necks made of welding ells mitered ells or bends shall not be used unless specified in the Vessel Specification

522 Nozzles and connections shall not be located in longitudinal weld seams When unavoidable in circumferential seams that portion of the weld coverod by a reinforcing pad shall be ground flush and radiographically examined prior to installation of the pad

523 When bottom head connections are terminated outside the skirt the piping components shall be at least one schedule heavier than that required for the vessel design conditions This connection shall not be restrained

MANHOLES AND INSPECTION OPENINGS

524 Manholes or inspection openings shall be provided on all vessels unless specifically deleted by the Vessel Specification

525 The type minimum size and minimum number of openings shall be

t VESSEL INSIDE DIAMETER

lt 800 mm (32) 800 mm (32 in) and larger

REQUIRED OPENINGS

Two NPS 4 Handholes One 400 mm (16-in) inside

diameter manhole

526 Towers containing trays shall have at least a top and a bottom manhole Packed towers shall have an openingwith a minimum diameter of 300 mm (12 in) directly above each grid to permit removal of packing

527 Manholes shall be provided complete with blind flange bolting gaskets and when required davits or hinges

528 Davits or hinges shall be provided for all opening cover plates weighing in excess of 35 kg (75 lb)

529 Oval type manholes or inspection openings are not permitted

FLANGES AND GASKETS

530 No slip-on or Class 400 flanges shall be used

8-1-1 T

Rav 1 I July 1982

Page 6

I DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

531 Orientation of flange bolt holes shall be as follows

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) When the nozzle axis lies in a plane perpendicular to the vessel axis bolt holes shall straddle a centerline parallel to the vessel axis

b) When the nozzle axis is parallel to or coincident with the vassel axis the bolt holes shall straddle center lines parallal to the 0 vessel centerline on vertical vessels and the vertical centerlines on horizontal vessels

c) Bolt hole orientation not specified above will be shown on the IlIuers specification drawing

532 Gaskets shall be per ANSI B165 Octagonal ring gaskets shall be used with ring joint flanges Two spar sts of gaskets for all openings requiring cover plates shall be furnished by Fabricator

INTERNAL A TT ACHEMENTS

533 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all internal attachments Removable internals shall be furnished when specified and deSigned to pass through the vessel manhole

534 Removable internals shall be retained and supported by alloy steel bolts having suitable corrosion resistance

535 Major internal piping shall be flanged for ease of removal Light plate flanges may be used with machined flat face

536 Single-weld 90 miter ells shall not be used unless specified

537 All internal attachments shall be welded to the shell or head by continuous fillet welds Tray support rings shall have a continuous strength weld on the bottom and a seal weld on the top of the ring

EXTERNAL ATTACHMENTS

538 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all external attachments

539 All structural members attached by welding to the outside of the vessel shall be continuously welded tothe vessel Insulation supports on vessels operating above 100C (212F) may be skip welded Vessels operating below 100C shall have all attachments continuously welded

540 Continuous external stiffeners shall be provided when required on vacuum or large diameter vessels

541 Fabricators standard lifting lugs shall be furnished for all vessels

MATERIALS

PRESSURE PARTS

61 Materials for pressure parts for vessels having a shell thickness of 50 mm (2 in) and under including corrosion allowance AND a design temperature 16degC (6OF) and above shall be selected as follows

a) Per ASME Code Section II except SA-36 SA-283 and other structural steels shall not be used

b) Recommended plate materials

SPECIFICATION

SA-285 Gr C

SA-515 Gr 55 and Gr 60 SA-515 Gr 65 and Gr 70

SA-516 All Grades

c) Forgings SA-105

MAXIMUM THICKNESS

mm (in)

25 (1)

100 (4)

50 (2) 100 (4)

d) Pipe SA-53 Type S Gr A or Gr B SA-106 Gr A or Gr B

e) Botting (external) Bolts SA-193 Gr B7 ] cadmium plated Nuts SA-194 Gr 2H

f) Gaskets ANSI 8165 API STD 601 ANSI 81621

TEMPERATURE LIMIT

degC (OF)

400 (750)

540 (1000)

65-455 (150-850) 455 (850)

62 For vessels having a shell thickness greater than 50 mm (2 in) andor a design temperature less than 16C (60F) material selection and design shall conform to the requirements of EP 8-1-2

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

MATERIALS (Contd)

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1962

Page 7

63 Material for skirts saddles and other nonpressure parts welded directly to the shell is to be selected from the following

I SPECIIFICi~TION MAXIMUM I TEMPERATURE

THICKNESS I LIMIT mm (in) degC (OF)

SA-283 Gr C 16 (58) 345 (650)

SA-285 Gr C - 400 (750)

SA-36 Gr (rolled shapes only) - 345 (650)

SHOP DRAWINGS

71 Fabricator shall furnish th~ Issuer detailed shopdrawings for approval before starting fabrication and final certified drawings after approval is obtained Each shop drawing shall be fully dimensioned and signed as checked before submittal for approval

72 Review or approval of Fabricator drawings shall not relieve the Fabricator from the responsibility of producing completed vessels in strict conformance with the ASME Code Section VIII and lAuers drawings and specifications

73 Fabrication drawings shall show in addition to the customary notes and details the following

a) Design Pressure

b) Design Temperature

c) Hydrostatic Test Pressure (at uppermost part of vessel)

d) Hydrostatic Test Temperature

e) Corrosion Allowance (1) Shell (2) Head (3) Nozzles

f) Thickness (1) Shell (2) Head (specified minimum thickness) (3) Nozzles

g) Efficiency of Longitudinal Shell Joints

h) Welding Details and Reference Applicable Welding Procedures for Each Type of Weld

i) Heat Treatment Required

j) Vessel is (full) (spot) Radiographed

k) Weight of Vessel Empty (including all internals)

I) Weight of Vessel Filled with Water

I m) Dimensional reference plane (see paragraph 83)

n) Materials (1) Head Spec __ Min or Guaranteed Yield __ Ultimate __

(2) Shell Spec __ bull Min or Guaranteed Yield __ bull Ultimate __

0) Basis Used for Establishing Allowable Stresses (Code Used or Basis)

p) Impact Test Requirements Showing (as applicable)

(1) Component

(2) Thickness for Impact Purposes

(3) Material Specification

(4) Minimum Exposure Temperature

(5) Appropriate Charpy Impact Requirements (AverageMinimum Values)

q) Location and Details of the Nameplate and Data Stamped Thereon

8middot1middot1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

PageS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION

81 No fabrlcaDon may start until Fabricator has received written approval of detailed shop drawing

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

82 Dimensional tolerances unless otherwise noted in the Vessel SpeCification shall conform to code requirements and Figure I page 15

83 A reference plane located from the shell root land shall be punch marked on the outside of the vessel at 0 90 180 and 270 degree points and on the Inside If vessel contains major welded attachments This plane shall be near and above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from the head seam on a horizontal vessel

84 All material Identification markings shall be plainly visible on the outside of the vessel

FORMING AND ASSEMBLY

85 In addition to the requirements of part UCS-79 of Section VIII ASME Code cold formed vessel sections subjectto more than 5 extreme fiber elongation and hot formed sections shall be normalized if the material has previously been normalized This normalizing treatment shall be performed separately not as part of the hot-forming operation

If the hot-forming operations for carbon steel is conducted within a temperature range of 900-700C (16SQ-1300F) and Fabricator demonstrates that the material has retained the specified mechanical properties normalizing as a part ot the hot-forming operation may be acceptable subject to approval by II r

Note Specified mechanical properties are considered to be ultimate tensile and yield strength impact values and grain structure

86 Bending and roiling of shell plates shall be done in the same direction as finally rolled by the manufacturers

S7 Shell plates of different thickness in vessels containing trays shall be joined to obtain a uniform inside diameter

8S The maximum allowable gap between nozzle and manhole reinforcing peds and the shell curvature shall be 3 mm (18 in)

89 Clrcumferantlal welds in vessels containing trays shall be so located as to permit internal visual inspection with trays in place

S10 Joints in horizontal vessels shall not be located coinCident with or across saddle supports

811 Each shell section shall be completely welded longitudinally prior to assembly with other components

812 Tapped telltale holes NPS 14 shall be provided as follows

a) One hole in all slngle--piece reinforcing padS

b) One hole in each section of split pads

c) Two holes in each saddle support wear pad (one hole at each end of the pad)

d) Other closed spaces formed by welding supports to the shell

WELDING

813 Head and shell plates shall be welded with full penetration and full fusion per ASME Section VIII Table UW-12 NO1

814 Non-consumable backing rings shall be used only with uer1 approval

815 Skirt and other attachment welds shall have complete fUSion for the full length of the weld and shall be free from undercut overlap or abrupt ridges anli valleys

816 Temporary attachment welds shall be removed The affected surface shall be restored by adding weld metal grinding or both

I 817 No active (Mn-Si) flux shall be used for submerged-arc welding (SAW)

S18 Gas metal-arc welding (GMAW) is limited to

a) The root pass of any material thickness

b) Butt welds if the material thickness does not exceed 10 mm (3S in)

819 Nozzles or relnforcingpads shall be attached by a full penetration weld If the design exceeds 1400 kPa (200 psi) or 345degC (650F)

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

HEAT TREATMENT

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION (Confd)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 9

820 MInimum preheat temperatures for thermal cutting welding and tack welding shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII Division I Appendix R except as follows

a) Material in the P-I group shall be preheated to 80middotC (175degF) and maintained during welding when 1) under a high degree of restraint (such as closely spaced nozzles) or 2) when all of the following conditions exist 1 Maximum specified carbon content is 030 percent or more 2 Minimum specified tensil strength exceeds 414 MPa (60000 psi) 3 Metal thickness at the joint exceeds 25 mm (1 in)

821 All welding Including internal and external structural attachments shall be completed prior to pOItweld heat treatment

822 Local postweld heat treatment shall not be performed without prior written approval of the 188uer

823 P-I group materials requiring postweld heat treatment which contain linings or internals of non-chemically stablized austenitic materials such liS AISI types 304 or316 shall be heat treated at 525 plusmn 15middotC (975 plusmn 25degF) fora period ot5 hours per 25 mm (Inch) of thickness

824 Machined 8urtace8 shall be protected against scaling during heat treatment

825 Bolts studs and any mating female threaded devices used during heat treatment to alleviate warping of machined surfaces shall be discarded These components shall be replaced with the specified approved Item

CLEANING 826 Prior to hydrostatic testing vessels shall be cleaned of all weld spatter loose scale and foreign matter Liquid used for testing

shail be completely drained

827 Vessels of thicknesses greater than 20 mm (34 in) shall be cleaned externally by a No6 commercial blast SSPC-SPe-S3 to insure freedom from embedded foreign matter Any defects discovered shall be repaired

PROTECTIVE COATING

828 External8uffaces shall be primed per Fabricators standard shop practice unless superseded by 118uer1 Vessel Specification

829 Machined lurtaceS shall not be painted

830 Telltale holes shall be plugged with material incapable of sustaining pressure between the reinforcing plate and the vessel wall

INSPECTION AND TESTING

91 lnuer reserves the right to Inspect vessel at any time to assure compliance with this Engineering Practice the Vessel Specification and the ASME Code

I 92 Fabricator shall notify Issuer at least 10 working days prior to the

a) Start of fabrication

b) Scheduled time of hydrostatic testing

INSPECTION METHODS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

93 All examination methods shall be per ASME Code Section VIII Division I supplemented by the following

a) Issuer reserves the right to approve the radiographic method employed

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 5: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

I 517 Vessel opening~ may be flanged threaded or welded types with the following limitations

a) Minimum size of connection shall be NPS 34

b) Connections NPS 2 and larger shall be flanged

c) Connections for ANSI Class 900 service and higher shall be flanged

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 1 July 1982

Page 5

d) Vessel openings NPS 1-12 and smaller may be threaded except for relief valve connections which shall be flanged

e) Threaded connections shall be Class 6000 forged steel couplings attached with a full penetration weld

Coupling length shall permit an outside projection of the normal thread engagement plus 6 mm (14 in) plus the attachment fillet weld size

Couplings shall extend through insulation

f) Vessel openings NPS 1-142-123-125 and 7 shall not be used

518 No threaded openings shall be tapped directly into the shell or head plates except for telltale holes in reinforcing pads Studded type connections shall not be used

519 Nozzle projection shall be as specified in the Vessel Specification

520 Internal proJections of nozzles shall be limited as follows

a) Nozzles for use as drains shall be flush with the vessel interior surface

b) If an internal projection may interfere with vessel internals nozzle shall be flush with vessel interior surface

c) Internal proJections of nozzles shall not exceed 20 mm (34 in) - measured at the nozzle 00 - for NPS 12 and smaller Projections of nozzles larger than NPS 12 shall not exceed 40 mm (1-12 in)

521 Nozzle necks made of welding ells mitered ells or bends shall not be used unless specified in the Vessel Specification

522 Nozzles and connections shall not be located in longitudinal weld seams When unavoidable in circumferential seams that portion of the weld coverod by a reinforcing pad shall be ground flush and radiographically examined prior to installation of the pad

523 When bottom head connections are terminated outside the skirt the piping components shall be at least one schedule heavier than that required for the vessel design conditions This connection shall not be restrained

MANHOLES AND INSPECTION OPENINGS

524 Manholes or inspection openings shall be provided on all vessels unless specifically deleted by the Vessel Specification

525 The type minimum size and minimum number of openings shall be

t VESSEL INSIDE DIAMETER

lt 800 mm (32) 800 mm (32 in) and larger

REQUIRED OPENINGS

Two NPS 4 Handholes One 400 mm (16-in) inside

diameter manhole

526 Towers containing trays shall have at least a top and a bottom manhole Packed towers shall have an openingwith a minimum diameter of 300 mm (12 in) directly above each grid to permit removal of packing

527 Manholes shall be provided complete with blind flange bolting gaskets and when required davits or hinges

528 Davits or hinges shall be provided for all opening cover plates weighing in excess of 35 kg (75 lb)

529 Oval type manholes or inspection openings are not permitted

FLANGES AND GASKETS

530 No slip-on or Class 400 flanges shall be used

8-1-1 T

Rav 1 I July 1982

Page 6

I DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

531 Orientation of flange bolt holes shall be as follows

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) When the nozzle axis lies in a plane perpendicular to the vessel axis bolt holes shall straddle a centerline parallel to the vessel axis

b) When the nozzle axis is parallel to or coincident with the vassel axis the bolt holes shall straddle center lines parallal to the 0 vessel centerline on vertical vessels and the vertical centerlines on horizontal vessels

c) Bolt hole orientation not specified above will be shown on the IlIuers specification drawing

532 Gaskets shall be per ANSI B165 Octagonal ring gaskets shall be used with ring joint flanges Two spar sts of gaskets for all openings requiring cover plates shall be furnished by Fabricator

INTERNAL A TT ACHEMENTS

533 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all internal attachments Removable internals shall be furnished when specified and deSigned to pass through the vessel manhole

534 Removable internals shall be retained and supported by alloy steel bolts having suitable corrosion resistance

535 Major internal piping shall be flanged for ease of removal Light plate flanges may be used with machined flat face

536 Single-weld 90 miter ells shall not be used unless specified

537 All internal attachments shall be welded to the shell or head by continuous fillet welds Tray support rings shall have a continuous strength weld on the bottom and a seal weld on the top of the ring

EXTERNAL ATTACHMENTS

538 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all external attachments

539 All structural members attached by welding to the outside of the vessel shall be continuously welded tothe vessel Insulation supports on vessels operating above 100C (212F) may be skip welded Vessels operating below 100C shall have all attachments continuously welded

540 Continuous external stiffeners shall be provided when required on vacuum or large diameter vessels

541 Fabricators standard lifting lugs shall be furnished for all vessels

MATERIALS

PRESSURE PARTS

61 Materials for pressure parts for vessels having a shell thickness of 50 mm (2 in) and under including corrosion allowance AND a design temperature 16degC (6OF) and above shall be selected as follows

a) Per ASME Code Section II except SA-36 SA-283 and other structural steels shall not be used

b) Recommended plate materials

SPECIFICATION

SA-285 Gr C

SA-515 Gr 55 and Gr 60 SA-515 Gr 65 and Gr 70

SA-516 All Grades

c) Forgings SA-105

MAXIMUM THICKNESS

mm (in)

25 (1)

100 (4)

50 (2) 100 (4)

d) Pipe SA-53 Type S Gr A or Gr B SA-106 Gr A or Gr B

e) Botting (external) Bolts SA-193 Gr B7 ] cadmium plated Nuts SA-194 Gr 2H

f) Gaskets ANSI 8165 API STD 601 ANSI 81621

TEMPERATURE LIMIT

degC (OF)

400 (750)

540 (1000)

65-455 (150-850) 455 (850)

62 For vessels having a shell thickness greater than 50 mm (2 in) andor a design temperature less than 16C (60F) material selection and design shall conform to the requirements of EP 8-1-2

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

MATERIALS (Contd)

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1962

Page 7

63 Material for skirts saddles and other nonpressure parts welded directly to the shell is to be selected from the following

I SPECIIFICi~TION MAXIMUM I TEMPERATURE

THICKNESS I LIMIT mm (in) degC (OF)

SA-283 Gr C 16 (58) 345 (650)

SA-285 Gr C - 400 (750)

SA-36 Gr (rolled shapes only) - 345 (650)

SHOP DRAWINGS

71 Fabricator shall furnish th~ Issuer detailed shopdrawings for approval before starting fabrication and final certified drawings after approval is obtained Each shop drawing shall be fully dimensioned and signed as checked before submittal for approval

72 Review or approval of Fabricator drawings shall not relieve the Fabricator from the responsibility of producing completed vessels in strict conformance with the ASME Code Section VIII and lAuers drawings and specifications

73 Fabrication drawings shall show in addition to the customary notes and details the following

a) Design Pressure

b) Design Temperature

c) Hydrostatic Test Pressure (at uppermost part of vessel)

d) Hydrostatic Test Temperature

e) Corrosion Allowance (1) Shell (2) Head (3) Nozzles

f) Thickness (1) Shell (2) Head (specified minimum thickness) (3) Nozzles

g) Efficiency of Longitudinal Shell Joints

h) Welding Details and Reference Applicable Welding Procedures for Each Type of Weld

i) Heat Treatment Required

j) Vessel is (full) (spot) Radiographed

k) Weight of Vessel Empty (including all internals)

I) Weight of Vessel Filled with Water

I m) Dimensional reference plane (see paragraph 83)

n) Materials (1) Head Spec __ Min or Guaranteed Yield __ Ultimate __

(2) Shell Spec __ bull Min or Guaranteed Yield __ bull Ultimate __

0) Basis Used for Establishing Allowable Stresses (Code Used or Basis)

p) Impact Test Requirements Showing (as applicable)

(1) Component

(2) Thickness for Impact Purposes

(3) Material Specification

(4) Minimum Exposure Temperature

(5) Appropriate Charpy Impact Requirements (AverageMinimum Values)

q) Location and Details of the Nameplate and Data Stamped Thereon

8middot1middot1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

PageS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION

81 No fabrlcaDon may start until Fabricator has received written approval of detailed shop drawing

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

82 Dimensional tolerances unless otherwise noted in the Vessel SpeCification shall conform to code requirements and Figure I page 15

83 A reference plane located from the shell root land shall be punch marked on the outside of the vessel at 0 90 180 and 270 degree points and on the Inside If vessel contains major welded attachments This plane shall be near and above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from the head seam on a horizontal vessel

84 All material Identification markings shall be plainly visible on the outside of the vessel

FORMING AND ASSEMBLY

85 In addition to the requirements of part UCS-79 of Section VIII ASME Code cold formed vessel sections subjectto more than 5 extreme fiber elongation and hot formed sections shall be normalized if the material has previously been normalized This normalizing treatment shall be performed separately not as part of the hot-forming operation

If the hot-forming operations for carbon steel is conducted within a temperature range of 900-700C (16SQ-1300F) and Fabricator demonstrates that the material has retained the specified mechanical properties normalizing as a part ot the hot-forming operation may be acceptable subject to approval by II r

Note Specified mechanical properties are considered to be ultimate tensile and yield strength impact values and grain structure

86 Bending and roiling of shell plates shall be done in the same direction as finally rolled by the manufacturers

S7 Shell plates of different thickness in vessels containing trays shall be joined to obtain a uniform inside diameter

8S The maximum allowable gap between nozzle and manhole reinforcing peds and the shell curvature shall be 3 mm (18 in)

89 Clrcumferantlal welds in vessels containing trays shall be so located as to permit internal visual inspection with trays in place

S10 Joints in horizontal vessels shall not be located coinCident with or across saddle supports

811 Each shell section shall be completely welded longitudinally prior to assembly with other components

812 Tapped telltale holes NPS 14 shall be provided as follows

a) One hole in all slngle--piece reinforcing padS

b) One hole in each section of split pads

c) Two holes in each saddle support wear pad (one hole at each end of the pad)

d) Other closed spaces formed by welding supports to the shell

WELDING

813 Head and shell plates shall be welded with full penetration and full fusion per ASME Section VIII Table UW-12 NO1

814 Non-consumable backing rings shall be used only with uer1 approval

815 Skirt and other attachment welds shall have complete fUSion for the full length of the weld and shall be free from undercut overlap or abrupt ridges anli valleys

816 Temporary attachment welds shall be removed The affected surface shall be restored by adding weld metal grinding or both

I 817 No active (Mn-Si) flux shall be used for submerged-arc welding (SAW)

S18 Gas metal-arc welding (GMAW) is limited to

a) The root pass of any material thickness

b) Butt welds if the material thickness does not exceed 10 mm (3S in)

819 Nozzles or relnforcingpads shall be attached by a full penetration weld If the design exceeds 1400 kPa (200 psi) or 345degC (650F)

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

HEAT TREATMENT

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION (Confd)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 9

820 MInimum preheat temperatures for thermal cutting welding and tack welding shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII Division I Appendix R except as follows

a) Material in the P-I group shall be preheated to 80middotC (175degF) and maintained during welding when 1) under a high degree of restraint (such as closely spaced nozzles) or 2) when all of the following conditions exist 1 Maximum specified carbon content is 030 percent or more 2 Minimum specified tensil strength exceeds 414 MPa (60000 psi) 3 Metal thickness at the joint exceeds 25 mm (1 in)

821 All welding Including internal and external structural attachments shall be completed prior to pOItweld heat treatment

822 Local postweld heat treatment shall not be performed without prior written approval of the 188uer

823 P-I group materials requiring postweld heat treatment which contain linings or internals of non-chemically stablized austenitic materials such liS AISI types 304 or316 shall be heat treated at 525 plusmn 15middotC (975 plusmn 25degF) fora period ot5 hours per 25 mm (Inch) of thickness

824 Machined 8urtace8 shall be protected against scaling during heat treatment

825 Bolts studs and any mating female threaded devices used during heat treatment to alleviate warping of machined surfaces shall be discarded These components shall be replaced with the specified approved Item

CLEANING 826 Prior to hydrostatic testing vessels shall be cleaned of all weld spatter loose scale and foreign matter Liquid used for testing

shail be completely drained

827 Vessels of thicknesses greater than 20 mm (34 in) shall be cleaned externally by a No6 commercial blast SSPC-SPe-S3 to insure freedom from embedded foreign matter Any defects discovered shall be repaired

PROTECTIVE COATING

828 External8uffaces shall be primed per Fabricators standard shop practice unless superseded by 118uer1 Vessel Specification

829 Machined lurtaceS shall not be painted

830 Telltale holes shall be plugged with material incapable of sustaining pressure between the reinforcing plate and the vessel wall

INSPECTION AND TESTING

91 lnuer reserves the right to Inspect vessel at any time to assure compliance with this Engineering Practice the Vessel Specification and the ASME Code

I 92 Fabricator shall notify Issuer at least 10 working days prior to the

a) Start of fabrication

b) Scheduled time of hydrostatic testing

INSPECTION METHODS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

93 All examination methods shall be per ASME Code Section VIII Division I supplemented by the following

a) Issuer reserves the right to approve the radiographic method employed

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 6: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

8-1-1 T

Rav 1 I July 1982

Page 6

I DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

DESIGN (Contd)

531 Orientation of flange bolt holes shall be as follows

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) When the nozzle axis lies in a plane perpendicular to the vessel axis bolt holes shall straddle a centerline parallel to the vessel axis

b) When the nozzle axis is parallel to or coincident with the vassel axis the bolt holes shall straddle center lines parallal to the 0 vessel centerline on vertical vessels and the vertical centerlines on horizontal vessels

c) Bolt hole orientation not specified above will be shown on the IlIuers specification drawing

532 Gaskets shall be per ANSI B165 Octagonal ring gaskets shall be used with ring joint flanges Two spar sts of gaskets for all openings requiring cover plates shall be furnished by Fabricator

INTERNAL A TT ACHEMENTS

533 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all internal attachments Removable internals shall be furnished when specified and deSigned to pass through the vessel manhole

534 Removable internals shall be retained and supported by alloy steel bolts having suitable corrosion resistance

535 Major internal piping shall be flanged for ease of removal Light plate flanges may be used with machined flat face

536 Single-weld 90 miter ells shall not be used unless specified

537 All internal attachments shall be welded to the shell or head by continuous fillet welds Tray support rings shall have a continuous strength weld on the bottom and a seal weld on the top of the ring

EXTERNAL ATTACHMENTS

538 Vessel Fabricator shall furnish and install all external attachments

539 All structural members attached by welding to the outside of the vessel shall be continuously welded tothe vessel Insulation supports on vessels operating above 100C (212F) may be skip welded Vessels operating below 100C shall have all attachments continuously welded

540 Continuous external stiffeners shall be provided when required on vacuum or large diameter vessels

541 Fabricators standard lifting lugs shall be furnished for all vessels

MATERIALS

PRESSURE PARTS

61 Materials for pressure parts for vessels having a shell thickness of 50 mm (2 in) and under including corrosion allowance AND a design temperature 16degC (6OF) and above shall be selected as follows

a) Per ASME Code Section II except SA-36 SA-283 and other structural steels shall not be used

b) Recommended plate materials

SPECIFICATION

SA-285 Gr C

SA-515 Gr 55 and Gr 60 SA-515 Gr 65 and Gr 70

SA-516 All Grades

c) Forgings SA-105

MAXIMUM THICKNESS

mm (in)

25 (1)

100 (4)

50 (2) 100 (4)

d) Pipe SA-53 Type S Gr A or Gr B SA-106 Gr A or Gr B

e) Botting (external) Bolts SA-193 Gr B7 ] cadmium plated Nuts SA-194 Gr 2H

f) Gaskets ANSI 8165 API STD 601 ANSI 81621

TEMPERATURE LIMIT

degC (OF)

400 (750)

540 (1000)

65-455 (150-850) 455 (850)

62 For vessels having a shell thickness greater than 50 mm (2 in) andor a design temperature less than 16C (60F) material selection and design shall conform to the requirements of EP 8-1-2

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

MATERIALS (Contd)

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1962

Page 7

63 Material for skirts saddles and other nonpressure parts welded directly to the shell is to be selected from the following

I SPECIIFICi~TION MAXIMUM I TEMPERATURE

THICKNESS I LIMIT mm (in) degC (OF)

SA-283 Gr C 16 (58) 345 (650)

SA-285 Gr C - 400 (750)

SA-36 Gr (rolled shapes only) - 345 (650)

SHOP DRAWINGS

71 Fabricator shall furnish th~ Issuer detailed shopdrawings for approval before starting fabrication and final certified drawings after approval is obtained Each shop drawing shall be fully dimensioned and signed as checked before submittal for approval

72 Review or approval of Fabricator drawings shall not relieve the Fabricator from the responsibility of producing completed vessels in strict conformance with the ASME Code Section VIII and lAuers drawings and specifications

73 Fabrication drawings shall show in addition to the customary notes and details the following

a) Design Pressure

b) Design Temperature

c) Hydrostatic Test Pressure (at uppermost part of vessel)

d) Hydrostatic Test Temperature

e) Corrosion Allowance (1) Shell (2) Head (3) Nozzles

f) Thickness (1) Shell (2) Head (specified minimum thickness) (3) Nozzles

g) Efficiency of Longitudinal Shell Joints

h) Welding Details and Reference Applicable Welding Procedures for Each Type of Weld

i) Heat Treatment Required

j) Vessel is (full) (spot) Radiographed

k) Weight of Vessel Empty (including all internals)

I) Weight of Vessel Filled with Water

I m) Dimensional reference plane (see paragraph 83)

n) Materials (1) Head Spec __ Min or Guaranteed Yield __ Ultimate __

(2) Shell Spec __ bull Min or Guaranteed Yield __ bull Ultimate __

0) Basis Used for Establishing Allowable Stresses (Code Used or Basis)

p) Impact Test Requirements Showing (as applicable)

(1) Component

(2) Thickness for Impact Purposes

(3) Material Specification

(4) Minimum Exposure Temperature

(5) Appropriate Charpy Impact Requirements (AverageMinimum Values)

q) Location and Details of the Nameplate and Data Stamped Thereon

8middot1middot1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

PageS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION

81 No fabrlcaDon may start until Fabricator has received written approval of detailed shop drawing

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

82 Dimensional tolerances unless otherwise noted in the Vessel SpeCification shall conform to code requirements and Figure I page 15

83 A reference plane located from the shell root land shall be punch marked on the outside of the vessel at 0 90 180 and 270 degree points and on the Inside If vessel contains major welded attachments This plane shall be near and above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from the head seam on a horizontal vessel

84 All material Identification markings shall be plainly visible on the outside of the vessel

FORMING AND ASSEMBLY

85 In addition to the requirements of part UCS-79 of Section VIII ASME Code cold formed vessel sections subjectto more than 5 extreme fiber elongation and hot formed sections shall be normalized if the material has previously been normalized This normalizing treatment shall be performed separately not as part of the hot-forming operation

If the hot-forming operations for carbon steel is conducted within a temperature range of 900-700C (16SQ-1300F) and Fabricator demonstrates that the material has retained the specified mechanical properties normalizing as a part ot the hot-forming operation may be acceptable subject to approval by II r

Note Specified mechanical properties are considered to be ultimate tensile and yield strength impact values and grain structure

86 Bending and roiling of shell plates shall be done in the same direction as finally rolled by the manufacturers

S7 Shell plates of different thickness in vessels containing trays shall be joined to obtain a uniform inside diameter

8S The maximum allowable gap between nozzle and manhole reinforcing peds and the shell curvature shall be 3 mm (18 in)

89 Clrcumferantlal welds in vessels containing trays shall be so located as to permit internal visual inspection with trays in place

S10 Joints in horizontal vessels shall not be located coinCident with or across saddle supports

811 Each shell section shall be completely welded longitudinally prior to assembly with other components

812 Tapped telltale holes NPS 14 shall be provided as follows

a) One hole in all slngle--piece reinforcing padS

b) One hole in each section of split pads

c) Two holes in each saddle support wear pad (one hole at each end of the pad)

d) Other closed spaces formed by welding supports to the shell

WELDING

813 Head and shell plates shall be welded with full penetration and full fusion per ASME Section VIII Table UW-12 NO1

814 Non-consumable backing rings shall be used only with uer1 approval

815 Skirt and other attachment welds shall have complete fUSion for the full length of the weld and shall be free from undercut overlap or abrupt ridges anli valleys

816 Temporary attachment welds shall be removed The affected surface shall be restored by adding weld metal grinding or both

I 817 No active (Mn-Si) flux shall be used for submerged-arc welding (SAW)

S18 Gas metal-arc welding (GMAW) is limited to

a) The root pass of any material thickness

b) Butt welds if the material thickness does not exceed 10 mm (3S in)

819 Nozzles or relnforcingpads shall be attached by a full penetration weld If the design exceeds 1400 kPa (200 psi) or 345degC (650F)

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

HEAT TREATMENT

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION (Confd)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 9

820 MInimum preheat temperatures for thermal cutting welding and tack welding shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII Division I Appendix R except as follows

a) Material in the P-I group shall be preheated to 80middotC (175degF) and maintained during welding when 1) under a high degree of restraint (such as closely spaced nozzles) or 2) when all of the following conditions exist 1 Maximum specified carbon content is 030 percent or more 2 Minimum specified tensil strength exceeds 414 MPa (60000 psi) 3 Metal thickness at the joint exceeds 25 mm (1 in)

821 All welding Including internal and external structural attachments shall be completed prior to pOItweld heat treatment

822 Local postweld heat treatment shall not be performed without prior written approval of the 188uer

823 P-I group materials requiring postweld heat treatment which contain linings or internals of non-chemically stablized austenitic materials such liS AISI types 304 or316 shall be heat treated at 525 plusmn 15middotC (975 plusmn 25degF) fora period ot5 hours per 25 mm (Inch) of thickness

824 Machined 8urtace8 shall be protected against scaling during heat treatment

825 Bolts studs and any mating female threaded devices used during heat treatment to alleviate warping of machined surfaces shall be discarded These components shall be replaced with the specified approved Item

CLEANING 826 Prior to hydrostatic testing vessels shall be cleaned of all weld spatter loose scale and foreign matter Liquid used for testing

shail be completely drained

827 Vessels of thicknesses greater than 20 mm (34 in) shall be cleaned externally by a No6 commercial blast SSPC-SPe-S3 to insure freedom from embedded foreign matter Any defects discovered shall be repaired

PROTECTIVE COATING

828 External8uffaces shall be primed per Fabricators standard shop practice unless superseded by 118uer1 Vessel Specification

829 Machined lurtaceS shall not be painted

830 Telltale holes shall be plugged with material incapable of sustaining pressure between the reinforcing plate and the vessel wall

INSPECTION AND TESTING

91 lnuer reserves the right to Inspect vessel at any time to assure compliance with this Engineering Practice the Vessel Specification and the ASME Code

I 92 Fabricator shall notify Issuer at least 10 working days prior to the

a) Start of fabrication

b) Scheduled time of hydrostatic testing

INSPECTION METHODS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

93 All examination methods shall be per ASME Code Section VIII Division I supplemented by the following

a) Issuer reserves the right to approve the radiographic method employed

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 7: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

MATERIALS (Contd)

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS AND SUPPORTS

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1962

Page 7

63 Material for skirts saddles and other nonpressure parts welded directly to the shell is to be selected from the following

I SPECIIFICi~TION MAXIMUM I TEMPERATURE

THICKNESS I LIMIT mm (in) degC (OF)

SA-283 Gr C 16 (58) 345 (650)

SA-285 Gr C - 400 (750)

SA-36 Gr (rolled shapes only) - 345 (650)

SHOP DRAWINGS

71 Fabricator shall furnish th~ Issuer detailed shopdrawings for approval before starting fabrication and final certified drawings after approval is obtained Each shop drawing shall be fully dimensioned and signed as checked before submittal for approval

72 Review or approval of Fabricator drawings shall not relieve the Fabricator from the responsibility of producing completed vessels in strict conformance with the ASME Code Section VIII and lAuers drawings and specifications

73 Fabrication drawings shall show in addition to the customary notes and details the following

a) Design Pressure

b) Design Temperature

c) Hydrostatic Test Pressure (at uppermost part of vessel)

d) Hydrostatic Test Temperature

e) Corrosion Allowance (1) Shell (2) Head (3) Nozzles

f) Thickness (1) Shell (2) Head (specified minimum thickness) (3) Nozzles

g) Efficiency of Longitudinal Shell Joints

h) Welding Details and Reference Applicable Welding Procedures for Each Type of Weld

i) Heat Treatment Required

j) Vessel is (full) (spot) Radiographed

k) Weight of Vessel Empty (including all internals)

I) Weight of Vessel Filled with Water

I m) Dimensional reference plane (see paragraph 83)

n) Materials (1) Head Spec __ Min or Guaranteed Yield __ Ultimate __

(2) Shell Spec __ bull Min or Guaranteed Yield __ bull Ultimate __

0) Basis Used for Establishing Allowable Stresses (Code Used or Basis)

p) Impact Test Requirements Showing (as applicable)

(1) Component

(2) Thickness for Impact Purposes

(3) Material Specification

(4) Minimum Exposure Temperature

(5) Appropriate Charpy Impact Requirements (AverageMinimum Values)

q) Location and Details of the Nameplate and Data Stamped Thereon

8middot1middot1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

PageS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION

81 No fabrlcaDon may start until Fabricator has received written approval of detailed shop drawing

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

82 Dimensional tolerances unless otherwise noted in the Vessel SpeCification shall conform to code requirements and Figure I page 15

83 A reference plane located from the shell root land shall be punch marked on the outside of the vessel at 0 90 180 and 270 degree points and on the Inside If vessel contains major welded attachments This plane shall be near and above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from the head seam on a horizontal vessel

84 All material Identification markings shall be plainly visible on the outside of the vessel

FORMING AND ASSEMBLY

85 In addition to the requirements of part UCS-79 of Section VIII ASME Code cold formed vessel sections subjectto more than 5 extreme fiber elongation and hot formed sections shall be normalized if the material has previously been normalized This normalizing treatment shall be performed separately not as part of the hot-forming operation

If the hot-forming operations for carbon steel is conducted within a temperature range of 900-700C (16SQ-1300F) and Fabricator demonstrates that the material has retained the specified mechanical properties normalizing as a part ot the hot-forming operation may be acceptable subject to approval by II r

Note Specified mechanical properties are considered to be ultimate tensile and yield strength impact values and grain structure

86 Bending and roiling of shell plates shall be done in the same direction as finally rolled by the manufacturers

S7 Shell plates of different thickness in vessels containing trays shall be joined to obtain a uniform inside diameter

8S The maximum allowable gap between nozzle and manhole reinforcing peds and the shell curvature shall be 3 mm (18 in)

89 Clrcumferantlal welds in vessels containing trays shall be so located as to permit internal visual inspection with trays in place

S10 Joints in horizontal vessels shall not be located coinCident with or across saddle supports

811 Each shell section shall be completely welded longitudinally prior to assembly with other components

812 Tapped telltale holes NPS 14 shall be provided as follows

a) One hole in all slngle--piece reinforcing padS

b) One hole in each section of split pads

c) Two holes in each saddle support wear pad (one hole at each end of the pad)

d) Other closed spaces formed by welding supports to the shell

WELDING

813 Head and shell plates shall be welded with full penetration and full fusion per ASME Section VIII Table UW-12 NO1

814 Non-consumable backing rings shall be used only with uer1 approval

815 Skirt and other attachment welds shall have complete fUSion for the full length of the weld and shall be free from undercut overlap or abrupt ridges anli valleys

816 Temporary attachment welds shall be removed The affected surface shall be restored by adding weld metal grinding or both

I 817 No active (Mn-Si) flux shall be used for submerged-arc welding (SAW)

S18 Gas metal-arc welding (GMAW) is limited to

a) The root pass of any material thickness

b) Butt welds if the material thickness does not exceed 10 mm (3S in)

819 Nozzles or relnforcingpads shall be attached by a full penetration weld If the design exceeds 1400 kPa (200 psi) or 345degC (650F)

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

HEAT TREATMENT

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION (Confd)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 9

820 MInimum preheat temperatures for thermal cutting welding and tack welding shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII Division I Appendix R except as follows

a) Material in the P-I group shall be preheated to 80middotC (175degF) and maintained during welding when 1) under a high degree of restraint (such as closely spaced nozzles) or 2) when all of the following conditions exist 1 Maximum specified carbon content is 030 percent or more 2 Minimum specified tensil strength exceeds 414 MPa (60000 psi) 3 Metal thickness at the joint exceeds 25 mm (1 in)

821 All welding Including internal and external structural attachments shall be completed prior to pOItweld heat treatment

822 Local postweld heat treatment shall not be performed without prior written approval of the 188uer

823 P-I group materials requiring postweld heat treatment which contain linings or internals of non-chemically stablized austenitic materials such liS AISI types 304 or316 shall be heat treated at 525 plusmn 15middotC (975 plusmn 25degF) fora period ot5 hours per 25 mm (Inch) of thickness

824 Machined 8urtace8 shall be protected against scaling during heat treatment

825 Bolts studs and any mating female threaded devices used during heat treatment to alleviate warping of machined surfaces shall be discarded These components shall be replaced with the specified approved Item

CLEANING 826 Prior to hydrostatic testing vessels shall be cleaned of all weld spatter loose scale and foreign matter Liquid used for testing

shail be completely drained

827 Vessels of thicknesses greater than 20 mm (34 in) shall be cleaned externally by a No6 commercial blast SSPC-SPe-S3 to insure freedom from embedded foreign matter Any defects discovered shall be repaired

PROTECTIVE COATING

828 External8uffaces shall be primed per Fabricators standard shop practice unless superseded by 118uer1 Vessel Specification

829 Machined lurtaceS shall not be painted

830 Telltale holes shall be plugged with material incapable of sustaining pressure between the reinforcing plate and the vessel wall

INSPECTION AND TESTING

91 lnuer reserves the right to Inspect vessel at any time to assure compliance with this Engineering Practice the Vessel Specification and the ASME Code

I 92 Fabricator shall notify Issuer at least 10 working days prior to the

a) Start of fabrication

b) Scheduled time of hydrostatic testing

INSPECTION METHODS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

93 All examination methods shall be per ASME Code Section VIII Division I supplemented by the following

a) Issuer reserves the right to approve the radiographic method employed

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 8: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

8middot1middot1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

PageS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION

81 No fabrlcaDon may start until Fabricator has received written approval of detailed shop drawing

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

82 Dimensional tolerances unless otherwise noted in the Vessel SpeCification shall conform to code requirements and Figure I page 15

83 A reference plane located from the shell root land shall be punch marked on the outside of the vessel at 0 90 180 and 270 degree points and on the Inside If vessel contains major welded attachments This plane shall be near and above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from the head seam on a horizontal vessel

84 All material Identification markings shall be plainly visible on the outside of the vessel

FORMING AND ASSEMBLY

85 In addition to the requirements of part UCS-79 of Section VIII ASME Code cold formed vessel sections subjectto more than 5 extreme fiber elongation and hot formed sections shall be normalized if the material has previously been normalized This normalizing treatment shall be performed separately not as part of the hot-forming operation

If the hot-forming operations for carbon steel is conducted within a temperature range of 900-700C (16SQ-1300F) and Fabricator demonstrates that the material has retained the specified mechanical properties normalizing as a part ot the hot-forming operation may be acceptable subject to approval by II r

Note Specified mechanical properties are considered to be ultimate tensile and yield strength impact values and grain structure

86 Bending and roiling of shell plates shall be done in the same direction as finally rolled by the manufacturers

S7 Shell plates of different thickness in vessels containing trays shall be joined to obtain a uniform inside diameter

8S The maximum allowable gap between nozzle and manhole reinforcing peds and the shell curvature shall be 3 mm (18 in)

89 Clrcumferantlal welds in vessels containing trays shall be so located as to permit internal visual inspection with trays in place

S10 Joints in horizontal vessels shall not be located coinCident with or across saddle supports

811 Each shell section shall be completely welded longitudinally prior to assembly with other components

812 Tapped telltale holes NPS 14 shall be provided as follows

a) One hole in all slngle--piece reinforcing padS

b) One hole in each section of split pads

c) Two holes in each saddle support wear pad (one hole at each end of the pad)

d) Other closed spaces formed by welding supports to the shell

WELDING

813 Head and shell plates shall be welded with full penetration and full fusion per ASME Section VIII Table UW-12 NO1

814 Non-consumable backing rings shall be used only with uer1 approval

815 Skirt and other attachment welds shall have complete fUSion for the full length of the weld and shall be free from undercut overlap or abrupt ridges anli valleys

816 Temporary attachment welds shall be removed The affected surface shall be restored by adding weld metal grinding or both

I 817 No active (Mn-Si) flux shall be used for submerged-arc welding (SAW)

S18 Gas metal-arc welding (GMAW) is limited to

a) The root pass of any material thickness

b) Butt welds if the material thickness does not exceed 10 mm (3S in)

819 Nozzles or relnforcingpads shall be attached by a full penetration weld If the design exceeds 1400 kPa (200 psi) or 345degC (650F)

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

HEAT TREATMENT

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION (Confd)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 9

820 MInimum preheat temperatures for thermal cutting welding and tack welding shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII Division I Appendix R except as follows

a) Material in the P-I group shall be preheated to 80middotC (175degF) and maintained during welding when 1) under a high degree of restraint (such as closely spaced nozzles) or 2) when all of the following conditions exist 1 Maximum specified carbon content is 030 percent or more 2 Minimum specified tensil strength exceeds 414 MPa (60000 psi) 3 Metal thickness at the joint exceeds 25 mm (1 in)

821 All welding Including internal and external structural attachments shall be completed prior to pOItweld heat treatment

822 Local postweld heat treatment shall not be performed without prior written approval of the 188uer

823 P-I group materials requiring postweld heat treatment which contain linings or internals of non-chemically stablized austenitic materials such liS AISI types 304 or316 shall be heat treated at 525 plusmn 15middotC (975 plusmn 25degF) fora period ot5 hours per 25 mm (Inch) of thickness

824 Machined 8urtace8 shall be protected against scaling during heat treatment

825 Bolts studs and any mating female threaded devices used during heat treatment to alleviate warping of machined surfaces shall be discarded These components shall be replaced with the specified approved Item

CLEANING 826 Prior to hydrostatic testing vessels shall be cleaned of all weld spatter loose scale and foreign matter Liquid used for testing

shail be completely drained

827 Vessels of thicknesses greater than 20 mm (34 in) shall be cleaned externally by a No6 commercial blast SSPC-SPe-S3 to insure freedom from embedded foreign matter Any defects discovered shall be repaired

PROTECTIVE COATING

828 External8uffaces shall be primed per Fabricators standard shop practice unless superseded by 118uer1 Vessel Specification

829 Machined lurtaceS shall not be painted

830 Telltale holes shall be plugged with material incapable of sustaining pressure between the reinforcing plate and the vessel wall

INSPECTION AND TESTING

91 lnuer reserves the right to Inspect vessel at any time to assure compliance with this Engineering Practice the Vessel Specification and the ASME Code

I 92 Fabricator shall notify Issuer at least 10 working days prior to the

a) Start of fabrication

b) Scheduled time of hydrostatic testing

INSPECTION METHODS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

93 All examination methods shall be per ASME Code Section VIII Division I supplemented by the following

a) Issuer reserves the right to approve the radiographic method employed

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 9: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

HEAT TREATMENT

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

FABRICATION (Confd)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 9

820 MInimum preheat temperatures for thermal cutting welding and tack welding shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII Division I Appendix R except as follows

a) Material in the P-I group shall be preheated to 80middotC (175degF) and maintained during welding when 1) under a high degree of restraint (such as closely spaced nozzles) or 2) when all of the following conditions exist 1 Maximum specified carbon content is 030 percent or more 2 Minimum specified tensil strength exceeds 414 MPa (60000 psi) 3 Metal thickness at the joint exceeds 25 mm (1 in)

821 All welding Including internal and external structural attachments shall be completed prior to pOItweld heat treatment

822 Local postweld heat treatment shall not be performed without prior written approval of the 188uer

823 P-I group materials requiring postweld heat treatment which contain linings or internals of non-chemically stablized austenitic materials such liS AISI types 304 or316 shall be heat treated at 525 plusmn 15middotC (975 plusmn 25degF) fora period ot5 hours per 25 mm (Inch) of thickness

824 Machined 8urtace8 shall be protected against scaling during heat treatment

825 Bolts studs and any mating female threaded devices used during heat treatment to alleviate warping of machined surfaces shall be discarded These components shall be replaced with the specified approved Item

CLEANING 826 Prior to hydrostatic testing vessels shall be cleaned of all weld spatter loose scale and foreign matter Liquid used for testing

shail be completely drained

827 Vessels of thicknesses greater than 20 mm (34 in) shall be cleaned externally by a No6 commercial blast SSPC-SPe-S3 to insure freedom from embedded foreign matter Any defects discovered shall be repaired

PROTECTIVE COATING

828 External8uffaces shall be primed per Fabricators standard shop practice unless superseded by 118uer1 Vessel Specification

829 Machined lurtaceS shall not be painted

830 Telltale holes shall be plugged with material incapable of sustaining pressure between the reinforcing plate and the vessel wall

INSPECTION AND TESTING

91 lnuer reserves the right to Inspect vessel at any time to assure compliance with this Engineering Practice the Vessel Specification and the ASME Code

I 92 Fabricator shall notify Issuer at least 10 working days prior to the

a) Start of fabrication

b) Scheduled time of hydrostatic testing

INSPECTION METHODS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

93 All examination methods shall be per ASME Code Section VIII Division I supplemented by the following

a) Issuer reserves the right to approve the radiographic method employed

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 10: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

8-1-1 T

~ July 1982

Page 10

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

INSPECTION AND TESTING (Contd)

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

94 For full radiographed vessels greater than 20 mm (34 in) thickness in addition to Code requirements the following examinations shall be performed

a) All circumferential and longitudinal butt welds jOining heads shells and nozzles shall be radiographed

b All welds attaching nozzle necks to shell or reinforcing pads (category D other than butt welds) shall be examined by one of the following methods

1 Radiography - If noule is flush or does not exceed 6 mm (14 in) projection of penetrated component

2 Ultrasonic - If noule projection is over 6 mm (14 in) or flush

9S For spot radiographed vessels requirements in addition to the Code are

a) Radiographic film length shall be 250 mm (10 in) minimum

b) For cylindrical vessels one spot shall be examined at each shell seam intersection

96 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 350 kPa (50 pSig) prior 10 postweld heat treating andor hydrostatic test and all welds inside and outside Inspected during the test Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a non-hardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test

PRESSURE TESTING

97 A shop hydrostatic test shall be applied as per Paragraph UG-99c ASME Code Section VIII Division I Test requirements are

a) No testing shall be performed before postweld heat treatment

b) No pretesting shall be performed before the Code hydrostatic test

c) Time period oftestlng shall be 1 hour per 25 mm (inch) of greatestthlckness with a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 4 hours

d Minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 16degC (60degF) except ifthe design temperature is below 16degC the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature

e) Test fluid for carbon steel vessels shall contain a miximum of 500 mgkg (500 ppm) chlorides

Water used to test vessels fabricated from or containing parts of austenitic martensitic ferritic stainless steel or high nickel alloy shall be free from undissolved solids and meet the following chloride limits

METAL TEMPERATURE AT ANYTIME

gt SOdegC and flushed with demineralized water or mopped up immediately

gt 50degC and improper drainage

CHLORIDE LIMIT 200 mgkg (200 ppm)

200 mgkg

1 mgkg (100 ppm)

f) All cover plate hinge pins shall be in place during the test and shall not bind on the hinges

g) Service bolting and ring joint gaskets to be furnished with the assembly may be used for shop tests Any material damaged duri n9 testing and all types of gaskets other than ring joints shall be replaced by Fabricator with new material Gaskets used for tests shall be of the same material and design as those to be furnished with the vessel See paragraph 536

h) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be based on the fully reinforced uncorroded shell escept as may be otherwise limited by noule flange rating established for the design condition

NAMEPLATE

101 An austenitic stainless steel nameplate shall be furnished by the Fabricator and attached to eacn vessel

102 Insulated vessels shall have nameplate brackets extending 25 mm (in) beyond the insulation

103 Location of the nameplate unless otherwise specified shall be on the shell above the lowest manhole for vertical vessels and in the center of a head or above a manhole In a head for horizontal vessels

104 The official Code Symbol shall be stamped on the nameplate or as otherwise required by the speCified code or local authorities having jurisdiction over the installation

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 11: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

NAMEPLATE (Cond)

8-1-1 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 11

105 In addition to the required ASME Code Symbol and markings the following additional Information shall be stamped on the nameplate

a) Customers purchase order number

b) Customers item number (tag number)

c) Service (name of vessel)

d) Minimum allowable temperature (for vessels designed for a temperature below 16C (60degF)

e) Size [ (10) (00) )( length seam to seam]

f) Weight (including internals)

DOCUMENTATION

111 Upon completion of fabrication the Fabricator shall supply 188 r with Manufacturers Data Report containing the same information required by I=orm U-I of the ASME Code Section VIII and facsimilies (photographs or pencil rubbings) of nameplates

SHIPMENT PREPARATION

121 All flange faces and other machined surfaces shall be clean and coated with a readily removable rust preventive

122 All flanged openings shall be protected and made waterproof with bolted or strapped wood or steel covers

123 Threaded openings shall be plugged with steel plugs

124 All test fluid shall be drained completely by removing flanges and plugs as necessary

125 Fabricator shall be responsible where applicable for loading and securing vessel to prevent damage during shipment

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 12: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

8-1-1

Rev 0 June 1976

Page 12

~I

DESIGN AND FABRICATION UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

FIGURE 1 Pressure V I Tolerances

m Toler- Item ance I No

00 reg 00

18 in B reg

IMM t316 in

tfu

tl4 in regreg I -l

rllJ t116 in

[pound]

I []

~iTIl

- lij] - l2~1

REFERENCE PLANE - Location above the bottom head seam on a vertical vessel and inboard from head seam on a horizontal vessel

Item

NOZZLE and OTHER ATTACHMENT location and orientation from re-ference planes or centerline

nterl1ne BOLT HOLES of horizontal vessel supports

When located in the same plane maximum deviation of each adjoining clip bracket or similar structural attachment

Fl ange face of HEAD NOZZLES from reference plane

BOLT HOLE CIRCLE centerline diameter

MANWAY location and orientation from reference plane or centerline

Centerline to centerline of 2-CONNECTION DEVICES such as gage glasses etc

Maximum rotation of FLANGE from the indicated position measured as shown

Maximum deviation of nominal SHELL DIAMETER measured by external strapping

Maximum deviation of plane of BASE SUPPORT

NOMINAL DIAMETER SPECIFIED in

lt48 48 to 84 I gt84 to 192 gt 192 I

18 t +14 516

tl8 t31l6 I tl4 +14

Maximum deviation in any direction of indicated plane measured across gasket face

FLANGE SIZE

lt6 in NPS 6-12 In NPS gt12 In NPS

116 in 332 in 316 in

Allowable SHELL CURVATURE - 18 in10 ft of length maximum total - 34 in (20 nrn)

ACCEPTABLE METRIC EQUIVALENTS

in

48

84

1200

2100

192 4900

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 13: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

I-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SCOPE

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 1 of 5

11 This Engineering Practice (EP) covers additional design and fabrication requirements for unfired pressure vessels havl ng a thickness greatetthan 50 mm (2 in) andlor a design temperature less than 16C (60F)

12 This EP supplements the basic requirements In EP 8-1-1 and when in contlict shall take precedence over EP 8-1-1

SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

21 The following shall be used with this Engineering Practice

a) Crest Engineering Practice EP 8-1-1 Design and Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

b) ASTM Standards A 370 E23

DEFINITIONS

31 Thlckn as used herein for the purpose of impact testing is as follows

a) Flange and flat cover plat bullbull equal to the shell or nozzle to which they are attached

b) Forg nozzle and couplings equal tothesmaller of either (1) Maximum thickness of the nozzle or coupling or (2) the thickness of component penetrated

c) Plate equal to the as ordered thickness including corrosion allowance

d) Overthlckne bullbull Metal (up to 12-12) provided to accommodate thinning during forming (ie bullbull spun heads) need not be considered

32 Minimum expoura temperatura (MET) is the minimum metal temperature to which a component will be subjected with coincident pressure greatjn than 25 of the deSign pressure taking into account

a) Process design temperature

b) Startup shutdown and process upset conditions

c) Metal temperature at time of hydrostatic test

d) Lowest one-day mean ambient temperature as established by Figure 202 of API 620 or as specified in the vessel specification unless a minimum startup temperature has been specified

33 Heat affected zone (HAZ) is the base metal area affected by the welding heat input

34 DepOSited weld metal (WM) is the cast weld material resulting from filler metal deposition

NOTES

41 A vertical line in the left margin indicates a revision If the entire page has been revised includes many revisions or is an addition the word REVISED in the bottom right lower margin will be the only indication

42 Measurements shown in parentheses are acceptable US customary units

DESIGN

HEADS AND TRANSITION SECTIONS

51 Knuckl for conical transition sections shall have an Inside radius not less than 14 percent of the outside diameter of the adjoining cylindrical sectic)n

I

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 14: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 2

NOZZLES AND CONNECTIONS

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

DESIGN (Contd)

52 Slip-on flanges shall not be used

53 Nozzle Configuration

EECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

a) Nozzles over 100 mm (4 in) 10 shall be per FigureUW 161 (t-1) (f-2) (f-3) or (f-4) Of AS ME Code Sec it on VIII Division 1 when vessel exceeds 50 mm (2 in) thickness

b) Nozzles 100 mm (4 in) lD and less shall be any of the above configurations or per Figure UN 161 (a) (b) (c) or (g)

c) Other types of nozzle construction may be submitted for approval of Issuer however separate reinforcement plates are not permitted when the penetrated component exceeds 65 mm (2-12 in) wall thickness

54 Minimum Inside comer radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following

a) 14 of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated

b) 20 mm (34 in)

I 55 The outside diameter (00) of any nozzle penetrating shell or heads shall not be less than 54 mm (2125-in) 00

ASME SECTION VIII DIVISION 2

56 Pressure vessels may be designed to ASME Section VIII Division 2 provided all of the following conditions are met

a) Vessel is designed tor a test pressure of 15 times the design pressure

b) Vessel is designed to the requirements of Engineering Practice 8-1-2

MATERIAL

61 Vessel components subject to pressure and major structural attachments (skirts platform clips grids and grid supports) welded directly to the shell shall be selected from Table 1 If material limitations and impact testing requirements of the specified code are more stringentthan the limitations in Table 1 or the listed material standards the code requirements shall govern

62 If the MET is below -29C (-20F) the material and impact testing requirements shall be governed by ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS

71 Impact testing as required by Table 1 shall be conducted at the minimum exposure temperature which is specified in the Vessel Specification

72 Impact test results shall be furnished Issuer by inclusion with the Manufacturers Data Report

73 Flanges nozzles manways flatcover plates and relnforclne pads shall be impact tested as follows

a) If the pressure container to which these components attach is over 50 mm (2 in) thick or the MET is below 161 (60F) these components shall meet the requirements of Table 1 based on the individual thickness and type of steel

b) If the pressure container to which these components attach is 50 mm (2 in) or less in thickness and the MET Is 16C (60F) or above these components do not require Impact testing

74 WM and HAZ shall meet the same requirements as the base metal if impact testing of the base metal is required

75 When welding base metals having different impact requirements the weld metal shall meet the higher requirement and each HAZ shall meet the requirement of the adjacent base metal

76 Impact requirements of Table 1 do not apply for any of the following cases

a) Non-ferrous materials

b) Austenitic stainless steels

c) Bolting material

d) Tube sheets that are not welded

e) Exchanger tubes for shell and tube units

f) External attachments that do not contribute to the support of equipment

g) Internals that do no contain pressure

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 15: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

C-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS

8-1-2 T

Rev 1 July 1982

Page 3

81 Specimens for impact determinations shall be taken from material which has been subjected to thermal treatment which duplicates or is equivalent to that undergone by the compenent

When a component Is formed at 54OC (1000F) or less the material shall be ordered from the mill In the final heat treated condition (as rolled normalized etc)

When the Fabricator must heat a component to a temperature In excess of 540C (10001=) for hot forming or to heat treat the material to enhance machanical strength or notch toughness a detailed procedure covering all heating holding and cooling cycles shall be submitted to the Issuer for approval Included shall bea complete schedule ofthesamples which will be tested to verify compliance with requirements contained herein

82 All impact testing shall be conducted per ASTM E 23 using the Charpy Vee (Type A) speCimen

PLATE MATERIALS

83 1m pact determinations (a lIet of 3 Charpy V Specimens) shall be made for each plate as rolled Specimens shall be selected as follows

a) Impact speCimens lIhali be taken per ASTM A 370 with the base of the notch perpendicular to the plate surface

b) Impact specimens shall have their long dimension parallel to the final direction of polling for all applications except spherical components

c) For spheres and fabricated hemispherical heads impact specimens shall have their long dimension perpendicular to the final direction of rolling

d) Where plate thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one-quarter of the plate thickness If this is not possible the specimens shall be centered in the plate thickness

FORGINGS

84 impact specimen selection and number of tests shall be per ASTM A 350 par 622 and 623

WELOMENTS

85 Production impact test plates shall be made as required by ASME Code Section VIII par UG 84 for each qualified welding procedure

86 Impact specimens from tile weld procedure qualification and production impact test plate shall be taken as summarized below Typical illustrations of the orientation of WM and HAZ specimens are shown

a)

b

c)

d)

Location and Orientation of Weld Sample for Charpy V Notch Tests

Location and Orientation of HAZ Sample of Charpy V Notch Test

Impact specimens shall be transverse to the direction of welding

When weldment thickness permits the specimens shall be no closer to the surface than one quarter of the weldment thickness When this is not possible the speCimens shall be centered between the two surfaces

The WM impact specimens shall have the base of the notch located on the centerline of the weld and shall be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

The HAZ impact specimens shall have the base of the notch entirely i n base metal and as close as possible to the fuSion line Normally the base of the notch will be perpendicular to the surface of the weldment

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 16: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

8-1-2 DESIGN AND FABRICATION EECREST UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Rev 0 I June 1976 ENGINEERING

Page 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PRACTICE

IMPACT SPECIMEN SELECTION AND NUMBER OF TESTS (Contd)

TABLE 1

RECOMMENDED MArERIAL AND IMPACT TESTING REQUIREMENTS (See Notes)

TVPE OF STEEL THICKNESS MINIMUM EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE OF

-20 32 60 In through through through

31 59 119

SA-53 Type S Grades A amp B SA-283 Grade AB amp C 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-333 Grade 1 58 through 2 108(1) 108 NONE SA-335 GradeLF1 gt2 2520 2520 2520

SA-lOS GradesAampB SA-333 Grade 6 5 58 NONE NONE NONE SA-5l5 Grades 55 60 amp 65 58 through 2 15112 15112 NONE SA-516 Grades 55 60 amp 65 gt2 3528 3528 3528

SA-l05 SA-299

I SA-202 Grade A SA-350 Grade LF 2 lt 12 2016 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade A SA-515 Grade 70 SA-204 Grades A B amp C SA-516 Grade 70 12 through 2 2520 2520 NONE SA-225 Grades A amp B SA-537 Class I SA-266 Class I SA-541 Classes 2 amp 3 gt2 4032 4032 4032

i

SA-202 Grade B SA-533 Class 1 lt 12 2520 NONE NONE SA-203 Grade B SA-537 Class 2 12 through 1 3025 30125 NONE SA-266 Class 2 1 through 2 3528 3528 3528 SA-302 Grades A B C amp 0 gt2 4536 4536 4536

SA-203 Grades 0 amp E SA-333 Grade 3 ALL NONE NONE NONE SA-350 Grade LF-3

SA-333 Grade 8 SA-S22 SA-353 SA-533 Type 1 ALL NONE NONE NONE

NOTES 1) Notation 1018 Indicates the first number 10 is the minimum average energy in ft-Ibs of the three speCimens while the second number 8 Is the minimum for anyone specimen where full-size speCimens are used (ie bull 10 x 10 mm cross section)

2) Impact testing is not required for the following down to a MET of OdegF

a) If 58 In SA-516 Grades 55 60 65 70 SA-537 Class I

b) If 14 in Not required on any material

3) Acceptable metric equivalents for Table 1 values

THICKNESS TEMPERATURE ENERGY

In mm OF degC ft-Ib J

14 6 -20 -29 108 1411 112 12-12 0 -18 1512 20116 58 16 31 - 1 2016 2722 1 25 32 0 2520 3427 2 50 59 15 3025 4034

60 16 3528 47138 119 48 4032 5443

4536 6148

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material

Page 17: Crest Engineering Practice Design & Fabrication Unfired Pressure Vessels

IC-ECREST ENGINEERING PRACTICE

WELDING

DESIGN AND FABRICATION

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FABRICATION

91 Full pentratlon welding with full fusion is required for all pressure retaining welds

92 Attachmnt wlds on vessels including those for platform cUps shall be continuous

HEAT TREATING

8-1-2T

Rev 1 I July 1982

Page 5

93 All completed vessels fabricated from ferritic alloy material and all vessels requiring impact testing per Table 1 shall be postweld heat treated per the applicable vessel code

I 94 Preheat for P-1 group vesselsgt 50 mm (2 in)

gt 50 mm (2 in) thru 65 mm (2-12 in) - 10OC (212F)

gt 65 mm (2-12 in) thru 75 mm (3 in) - 1200 (25OF)

gt 75 mm (3 in) - 1500 (30OF)

INSPECTION AND TESTING

101 Impact tests shall be wltn d by Illuers Inspector unless specific approval is granted by the Inspector for acceptance of certified tests

102 Ultrasonic xamlnatlon per ASTM A 435 is mandatory for all plates and plate-like forgings over 60 mm (2-12 in) thick unless the steel is made by a vacuum degassing process

103 Cut edges of base materials with thickness over 40 mm (1-12 in) shall be examined for discontinuities by the prod magnetic particle method Indications found shall be cleared and welded to provide a minimum depth of 25 mm (1 in) of sound metal

WELD QUALITY CONTROL

104 All welds (category A B C and D) shall be examined by radiographic or ultrasonic methods after PWHT

105 After hydrostatic test all accessible pressure retaining welds shall be examined by the magnetic particle method (yoke or coli)

106 Hardn of the bese metal weld metal (WM) and heat affected zone (HAZ) shall not exceed 225 (235 for P-5 P-6 and P-7 group) brinell hardnessas measured with a Telebrineller using a 1Q-mm ball The hardness testfor the HAZ shall be made with the ball centered in the HAZ (representing a composite of weld metal HAZ and base metal) Excptlon to the above - Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material